manual de cruze 2011

373
2011 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual  M In Brief  ........................ 1-1 Instrument Panel .............. 1-2 Initial Dri ve Inf ormation . . . . . . . . 1-4 Vehicle Features ............ .1-15 Performan ce and Maintenance ................ 1-19 Keys, Doors and Windows  ... 2-1 Keys and Locks ............... 2-2 Doors .......................... 2-8 Vehicle Security.. ............ 2 -10 Exterior M irrors ............... 2 -11 Interior M irrors. ............... 2-13 Windows ..................... 2-14 Roof .......................... 2-17 Seats and Restraints  .... ..... 3-1 Head Restraints. .............. 3 -2 Front Seats. ................... 3-3 Rear Seats .................... 3-8 Safety Belts. ................. 3-10  Airbag System ................ 3-26 Child Restraints. ............. 3-40 Storage  ....................... 4-1 Sto rag e Compartments. . . . . . . . 4-1  Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Instrume nts and Controls  .... 5-1 Controls ....................... 5-2 Warn ing Lights, Gauges, and Indicators .................... 5-7 Informat ion Dis pl a ys .......... 5- 23 Vehicle Messages ............ 5-26 Vehicle Personalization ....... 5- 33 Lighting  ....... ................ 6-1 Exterior Lighting ............... 6-1 Interior Lighting ................ 6-5 Lighting Features ............. .6-6 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7- 1 Introduction .................... 7-1 Radio ......................... 7 -11  Audio Players ................ 7-17 Phone ........................ 7-22 Climate Controls  ..... ........ 8-1 Climate Control Systems .... . . 8-1  Air Vents ....................... 8-6 Maintenance ................... 8-7

Upload: josecordova

Post on 05-Jul-2018

218 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 1/382

Page 2: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 2/382

Page 3: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 3/382

Page 4: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 4/382

Page 5: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 5/382

Page 6: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 6/382

Page 7: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 7/382

Page 8: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 8/382

Page 9: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 9/382

Page 10: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 10/382

Page 11: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 11/382

Page 12: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 12/382

Page 13: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 13/382

Page 14: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 14/382

Page 15: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 15/382

Page 16: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 16/382

Page 17: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 17/382

Page 18: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 18/382

Page 19: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 19/382

Page 20: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 20/382

Page 21: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 21/382

Page 22: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 22/382

Page 23: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 23/382

Page 24: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 24/382

Page 25: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 25/382

Page 26: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 26/382

Page 27: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 27/382

Page 28: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 28/382

Page 29: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 29/382

Page 30: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 30/382

Page 31: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 31/382

Page 32: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 32/382

Page 33: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 33/382

Page 34: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 34/382

Page 35: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 35/382

Page 36: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 36/382

Page 37: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 37/382

Page 38: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 38/382

Page 39: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 39/382

Page 40: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 40/382

Page 41: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 41/382

Page 42: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 42/382

Page 43: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 43/382

Page 44: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 44/382

Page 45: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 45/382

Page 46: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 46/382

Page 47: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 47/382

Page 48: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 48/382

Page 49: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 49/382

Page 50: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 50/382

Page 51: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 51/382

Page 52: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 52/382

Page 53: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 53/382

Page 54: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 54/382

Page 55: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 55/382

Page 56: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 56/382

Page 57: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 57/382

Page 58: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 58/382

Page 59: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 59/382

Page 60: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 60/382

Page 61: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 61/382

Page 62: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 62/382

Page 63: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 63/382

Page 64: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 64/382

Page 65: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 65/382

Page 66: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 66/382

Page 67: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 67/382

Page 68: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 68/382

Page 69: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 69/382

Page 70: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 70/382

Page 71: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 71/382

Page 72: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 72/382

Page 73: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 73/382

Page 74: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 74/382

Page 75: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 75/382

Page 76: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 76/382

Page 77: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 77/382

Page 78: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 78/382

Page 79: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 79/382

Page 80: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 80/382

Page 81: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 81/382

Page 82: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 82/382

Page 83: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 83/382

Page 84: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 84/382

Page 85: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 85/382

Page 86: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 86/382

Page 87: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 87/382

Page 88: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 88/382

Page 89: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 89/382

Page 90: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 90/382

Page 91: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 91/382

3-44 Seats and Restraints

The restraint manufacturer'sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight and

{ WARNING

A hild' hi b till

Child Restraint Systems

Page 92: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 92/382

gheight limitations for a particular child restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash, infantsneed complete support. This isbecause an infant's neck is not

fully developed and its headweighs so much compared withthe rest of its body. In a crash,an infant in a rear-facing childrestraint settles into the restraint,so the crash forces can bedistributed across the strongestpart of an infant's body, the backand shoulders. Infants should

always be secured in rear-facingchild restraints.

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regular safety belt may not remain low

on the hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a

crash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

(A) Rear ‐ Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat (A)provides restraint with the seatingsurface against the back of theinfant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

Page 93: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 93/382

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat (B)provides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

(C) Booster Seats

A booster seat (C) is a childrestraint designed to improve the fitof the vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly securedin the vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must besecured in the vehicle. Childrestraint systems must be securedin vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. SeeLower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3 ‑ 47 for more information.

Page 94: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 94/382

Seats and Restraints 3-47

WARNING (Continued)

injured or killed if the right front

WARNING (Continued)

See Passenger Sensing System

the child restraint prevents accessto or interferes with the routing of the safety belt.

Page 95: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 95/382

injured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forward

position.Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing childrestraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

(Continued)

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3 ‑ 33 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraintin a rear seating position, studythe instructions that came with thechild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Always makesure the child restraint is properlysecured.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure thechild restraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no childis in it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system holds a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.This system is designed to makeinstallation of a child restraint easier.The LATCH system uses anchors inthe vehicle and attachments on thechild restraint that are made for usewith the LATCH system.

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Make sure that a LATCH-compatiblechild restraint is properly installedusing the anchors, or use the

hi l ' f b l h

Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tether

h d h

Top Tether Anchor

Page 96: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 96/382

vehicle's safety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with that restraint, and

also the instructions in this manual.When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether anchor.

In order to use the LATCH system

in the vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. The child restraintmanufacturer will provide you withinstructions on how to use the childrestraint and its attachments. Thefollowing explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

anchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (A) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There aretwo lower anchors for eachLATCH seating position that willaccommodate a child restraintwith lower attachments (B).

A top tether (A, C) anchors thetop of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tether

attachment (B) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or ina crash.

Seats and Restraints 3-49

The child restraint may havea single tether (A) or a dualtether (C). Either will have a singlett h t (B) t th t

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Page 97: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 97/382

attachment (B) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the child

restraint.Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.H (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the lower anchors, each rear anchor positionhas a label, near the creasebetween the seatback and theseat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is on the cover.

Page 98: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 98/382

Seats and Restraints 3-51

WARNING (Continued)

of the retractor to set the lock,

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, donot use the vehicle's safety belts

For outboard rear seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes with theproper installation of the

Page 99: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 99/382

if the vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

Notice: Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle ’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more thanone child restraint in the rear seat,see Where to Put the Restraint on page 3 ‑ 46 for additional information.

Make sure to attach the childrestraint at the proper anchor location.

not use the vehicle s safety belts.Instead use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments to

secure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten thelower attachments to thelower anchors. If the childrestraint does not have lower attachments or the desiredseating position does not have

lower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired rear outboardseating position.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

proper installation of thechild restraint, the headrestraint may be removed.

See “Head RestraintRemoval andReinstallation ” at theend of this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the childrestraint to the lower anchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

Open the cover to expose

the anchor.

3-52 Seats and Restraints

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according tothe child restraintinstructions and the

Page 100: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 100/382

instructions and thefollowing instructions:

.

If you are using a singletether in a rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,or in the center seatingposition with an adjustableheadrest, route the singletether under the headrestraint or headrest. SeeHead Restraints on page 3 ‑ 2 for additionalinformation.

. If you are using a dualtether in a rear outboardseating position with anadjustable head restraint,or in the center seatingposition with an adjustable

headrest, route the dualtether around the headrestraint or headrest. SeeHead Restraints on page 3 ‑ 2 for additionalinformation.

. If you are using a singletether in the center seatingposition without a headrest,or the rear outboard headrestraint has been removed,route the single tether over

the seatback.

Seats and Restraints 3-53

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at the

Page 101: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 101/382

. If you are using a dualtether in the center seatingposition without a headrest,or the rear outboard headrestraint has been removed,route the dual tether over the seatback.

grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side ‐ to ‐ side and

back‐

and‐

forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement, for proper installation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallationThe rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere with

the proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats on page 3 ‑ 8 for additionalinformation.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the same time,and pull up on the head

restraint.3. Store the head restraint in the

trunk of the vehicle.

3-54 Seats and Restraints

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

To reinstall the head restraint: Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{

Page 102: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 102/382

p

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches (A) onthe posts must face the driver side of the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints on page 3 ‑ 2 .

3. Try to move the head restraint tomake sure that it is locked inplace.

{ WARNING

A crash can damage theLATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system maynot properly secure the childrestraint, resulting in seriousinjury or even death in a crash.To help make sure the LATCHsystem is working properly after a crash, see your dealer to havethe system inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may be

necessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used atthe time of the crash.

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The child

Page 103: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 103/382

gin a rear seating position, studythe instructions that came with the

child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3 ‑ 47 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a

safety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3 ‑ 47 for top tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will beusing the safety belt to secure thechild restraint in this position. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint. Securethe child in the child restraint whenand as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 3 ‑ 46 .1. Put the child restraint on

the seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation of thechild restraint, the head restraintmay be removed. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation ” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3 ‑ 47 .

restraint instructions will showyou how.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks. If the latchplate will not go fully into thebuckle, check if the correctbuckle is being used.

3-56 Seats and Restraints

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled if necessary.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the top

Page 104: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 104/382

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt to

tighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure the

retractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH

System) on page 3 ‑ 47 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the child

restraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety beltand let it return to the stowedposition. If the top tether isattached to a top tether anchor,disconnect it. If the head restraint

was removed, reinstall it beforethe seating position is used. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation ” under Lower Anchors

Page 105: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 105/382

3-58 Seats and Restraints

If a child restraint is secured using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on

f h h

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag, the

ff d h

Page 106: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 106/382

page 3 ‑ 47 for top tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat as far back asit will go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should

light and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5 ‑ 12 .

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

Page 107: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 107/382

3-60 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES

Page 108: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 108/382

Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage Compartments

StorageCompartments

Instrument Panel Storage

CupholdersCupholders are in the center console.

Page 109: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 109/382

gInstrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Instrument Panel Storage

There may be a storagecompartment on the instrumentpanel. Pull the handle to open.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever.

Cupholders may be located in thesecond row seat armrest. Toaccess, pull the armrest down.

4-2 Storage

Center Console Storage Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie Downs

Page 110: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 110/382

The center console storage has astorage area under the armrest. Pullup on the latch (A) to access.

Pull up on the latch (A) and slide thecenter console armrest to adjust theposition. Return the armrest to the

rear position to access thestorage area.

There may be an auxiliary jackoutlet and a USB port located in thecenter console.

See Auxiliary Devices on page 7 ‑ 19 .

Cargo Tie-Downs

On the driver side in the rear compartment is a retainer to hanglight items on.

Page 111: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 111/382

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-29Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Object Detection System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -30Ride Control System

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Push the lever (A) up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Page 112: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 112/382

yMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -30

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-30Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-31Starting the Vehicle

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -31Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-32Vehicle Reminder

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -32

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-33

Adjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever (A) down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

For vehicles with audio steeringwheel controls, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

Instruments and Controls 5-3

b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicleswith a Bluetooth, OnStar,or navigation system, press tointeract with those systems. SeeBluetooth (Overview) on page 7 ‑ 22

HornPress near the horn symbols or press on the steering wheel pad tosound the horn.

Page 113: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 113/382

Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7 22 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)

on page 7 ‑ 24 or Bluetooth (VoiceRecognition) on page 7 ‑ 28 , theOnStar Owner's Guide, or theseparate navigation manual for more information.$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press tosilence the vehicle speakers only.Press again to turn the sound on.For vehicles with OnStar or

Bluetooth systems, press to rejectan incoming call, or end acurrent call._ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Turnto select an audio source.

Press _ or ^ to select the next or previous favorite radio station, CD,or MP3 track.

+ x −

(Volume): Press + toincrease the volume. Press − todecrease the volume.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper lever is on the

side of the steering column. Withthe ignition in ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiper speed.

2: Use for fast wipes.

1: Use for slow wipes.

3 (Adjustable Interval Wipes):Turn the band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.9 (Off): Use to turn the windshieldwipers off.3 (Mist): For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them. If theyare frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged wiper blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement on page 10 ‑ 27 .

Page 114: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 114/382

Page 115: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 115/382

Page 116: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 116/382

Instruments and Controls 5-7

AshtraysFor vehicles with a removableashtray, the ashtray can be placedinto the front console cupholders.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicators

l h d

Gauges can indicate when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Often gauges and warninglights work together to indicate aproblem with the vehicle.

Page 117: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 117/382

To open the ashtray, lift the lid of the

ashtray. After using, close the lid.To empty the ashtray for cleaning,slightly turn the upper part of theashtray counterclockwise andremove it.

Notice: If papers, pins, or other flammable items are put in theashtray, hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite

them and possibly damage thevehicle. Never put flammableitems in the ashtray.

Warning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Warning lights come on when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Some warning lights comeon briefly when the engine is startedto indicate they are working.

When one of the warning lights

comes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Follow this manual's advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costlyand even dangerous.

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

Page 118: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 118/382

English Automatic Transmission Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

Page 119: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 119/382

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with your fuelgauge:. At the service station, the fuel

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Safety Belt RemindersDriver Safety Belt Reminder LightWhen the engine is started, a

Page 120: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 120/382

pump shuts off before the gauge

reads full.. It takes a little more or less

fuel to fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and will go back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the indicator needle moves tothe hot side of the gauge towardthe H or shaded area, the engineis too hot.

If the vehicle has been operatedunder normal driving conditions, pulloff the road, stop the vehicle, andturn off the engine as soon aspossible.

chime sounds for several seconds

to remind a driver to fasten thesafety belt, unless the driver safetybelt is already buckled.

The safety belt reminder light comeson for several seconds, then flashesfor several more.

This chime and light sequenceare repeated if the driver remainsunbuckled and the vehicle is inmotion. If the driver safety belt isalready buckled, neither the chime

nor the light comes on.

Page 121: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 121/382

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3 ‑ 33 for

as a system check. If you are usingremote start, if equipped, to start thevehicle from a distance you maynot see the system check. Then,after several seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF

If, after several seconds, bothstatus indicator lights remain on,or if there are no lights at all, theremay be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system.See your dealer for service

Page 122: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 122/382

Sensing System on page 3 33 for important safety information. Theinstrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several seconds

indicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol to letyou know the status of the rightfront passenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the rightfront passenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag are enabled(may inflate).

If the word OFF or the off symbolis lit on the passenger airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and passenger kneeairbag.

See your dealer for service.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5 ‑ 11 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Charging System Light If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction

Page 123: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 123/382

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

Malfunction

Indicator Lamp A computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors operation of the fuel, ignition, and emissioncontrol systems. It ensures thatemissions are at acceptable levelsfor the life of the vehicle, helping toproduce a cleaner environment.

This light should come on when theignition is on, but the engine is notrunning, as a check to show it isworking. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on and stays on while theengine is running, this indicates thatthere is an OBD II problem and

service is required.

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problem isapparent. Being aware of the lightcan prevent more serious damageto the vehicle. This system assiststhe service technician in correctly

these systems could lead tocostly repairs not covered bythe vehicle warranty. Thiscould also result in a failureto pass a required EmissionInspection/Maintenance test.

If the light continues to flash, whenit is safe to do so, stop the vehicle.Find a safe place to park thevehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait atleast 10 seconds, and restart theengine. If the light is still flashing,

Page 124: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 124/382

ydiagnosing any malfunction.

Notice: If the vehicle iscontinually driven with this lighton, the emission controls mightnot work as well, the vehicle fueleconomy might not be as good,and the engine might not run assmoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Notice: Modifications made to theengine, transmission, exhaust,intake, or fuel system of thevehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) canaffect the vehicle's emissioncontrols and can cause this lightto come on. Modifications to

pSee Accessories and Modifications on page 10 ‑ 3 .This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosis

and service might be required.To prevent more serious damage tothe vehicle:. Reduce vehicle speed.. Avoid hard accelerations.. Avoid steep uphill grades.. If towing a trailer, reduce the

amount of cargo being hauledas soon as it is possible.

g g g,follow the previous steps and seeyour dealer for service as soon aspossible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction hasbeen detected on the vehicle.Diagnosis and service might berequired.

The following may correct an

emissions system malfunction:. Check that the fuel cap is fully

installed. See Filling the Tank on page 9 ‑ 42 . The diagnosticsystem can determine if the fuelcap has been left off or improperly installed. A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere. A few driving trips with the capproperly installed should turn thelight off.

Instruments and Controls 5-15. Check that the electrical system

is not wet. The system could bewet if the vehicle was driventhrough a deep puddle of water.The condition is usuallycorrected when the electrical

d f d

See Recommended Fuel on page 9 ‑ 39 .

If none of the above have made thelight turn off, your dealer can checkthe vehicle. The dealer has theproper test equipment and

Page 125: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 125/382

system dries out. A few drivingtrips should turn the light off.

. Check that good quality fuel isused. Poor fuel quality causesthe engine not to run asefficiently as designed and cancause: stalling after start-up,stalling when the vehicle ischanged into gear, misfiring,hesitation on acceleration,

or stumbling on acceleration.These conditions might go awayonce the engine is warmed up.

If one or more of these conditionsoccurs, change the fuel brand used.It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off.

proper test equipment and

diagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problemsthat might have developed.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance ProgramsSome state/provincial and localgovernments may have programs toinspect the on-vehicle emissioncontrol equipment. For theinspection, the emission system testequipment is connected to thevehicle ’s Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. See your dealer if assistanceis needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:. The malfunction indicator lamp is

on with the engine running, or if the light does not come on whenthe ignition is turned to ON/RUNwhile the engine is off.

. The critical emission controlsystems have not beencompletely diagnosed by thesystem. This can happen if the battery has recently beenreplaced or if the battery hasrun down. The diagnosticsystem evaluates criticalemission control systemsduring normal driving.

Page 126: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 126/382

Instruments and Controls 5-17

If the light comes on while driving, achime sounds. Pull off the road andstop. The pedal might be harder topush or go closer to the floor.It might also take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have the

If the ABS light comes on and stayson while driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the ignition off.Start the engine again to reset thesystem. If the light stays on after driving at a speed above 20 km/h

Up-Shift Light

Page 127: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 127/382

vehicle towed for service. SeeTowing the Vehicle on page 10 ‑ 81 .

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem.

(13 mph), see your dealer for service. A chime may also soundwhen the light comes on steady.

If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the vehicle still hasbrakes, but not antilock brakes.If the regular brake system warninglight is also on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light on page 5 ‑ 16 .

See Brake System Messages on page 5 ‑ 27 for all brake ‐ related DICmessages.

The vehicle may have an up-shiftlight. It shows when to shift to thenext higher gear for best fueleconomy.

See Manual Transmission on page 9 ‑ 28 for more information.

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Power Steering WarningLight

Traction Off Light See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9 ‑ 32 and StabiliTrak ®

System on page 9 ‑ 33 for moreinformation.

StabiliTrak ® OFF Light

Page 128: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 128/382

This light comes on briefly when theignition is turned to ON/RUN as acheck to show it is working.

If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If this light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, the system may not beworking. If this happens, see your dealer for service.

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on when

the Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the traction control button.

This light and the StabiliTrak Off light come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheelspin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the TCS is off, the system doesnot assist in controlling the vehicle.Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak

systems and the warning lightturns off.

Instruments and Controls 5-19

See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 9 ‑ 32 and StabiliTrak ®

System on page 9 ‑ 33 for moreinformation

Traction Control System®

feature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is actively

When the Light is On Steady

This indicates that one or moreof the tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may also

Page 129: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 129/382

(TCS)/StabiliTrak ®

Light

The StabiliTrak system or the

Traction Control System (TCS)indicator/warning light comes onbriefly when the engine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by the dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak

system have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine which

y y

working.See StabiliTrak ® System on page 9 ‑ 33 and Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9 ‑ 32 for more information.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engineis started. It provides information

about tire pressures and the TPMS.

tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Vehicle Messages(Canada Base Level) on page 5 ‑ 26 or Vehicle Messages (CanadaUplevel and United States) on page 5 ‑ 27 for more information.Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure on page 10 ‑ 47 for moreinformation.

When the Light Flashes First andThen is On Steady

This indicates that there may be aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System. The light flashesfor about a minute and stays onsteady for the remainder of the

ignition cycle. This sequencerepeats with every ignition cycle.

5-20 Instruments and Controls

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10 ‑ 50 for more information.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Low Fuel Warning Light

Page 130: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 130/382

{ WARNINGDo not keep driving if the oilpressure is low. The engine canbecome so hot that it catches fire.Someone could be burned. Checkthe oil as soon as possible andhave the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always follow the maintenanceschedule for changing engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

This light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition is turnedon as a check to indicate it isworking. If it does not come on,have it fixed.

The low fuel warning light (A) comeson and a chime sounds when thevehicle is low on fuel. The light turnsoff when fuel is added to thefuel tank.

Instruments and Controls 5-21

For vehicles with a Driver Information Center (DIC), seeDriver Information Center (DIC) on page 5 ‑ 23 for more information.

Security Light

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operationon page 2 ‑ 10 for more information.

Reduced Engine Power

Wait for 10 seconds and restartthe vehicle. This might correct thecondition.

The vehicle can be driven at areduced speed when the reducedengine power light is on but

Page 131: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 131/382

The immobilizer light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normallythe indicator light turns off.

This light comes on when theignition is turned from LOCK/OFFto ON/RUN and stays on if thevehicle is immobilized. Thishappens when an incorrect keyor an unprogrammed key is usedto start the vehicle.

Reduced Engine Power Light

The reduced engine power lightshould come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.

This light, along with the serviceengine soon light, displays when anoticeable reduction in the vehicle'sperformance occurs. Stop thevehicle and turn off the ignition.

acceleration and speed might bereduced. The performance could bereduced until the next time thevehicle is driven. If this light stayson, see your dealer as soon aspossible for diagnosis and repair.

High-Beam On Light

The high-beam on light comes onwhen the high-beam headlamps arein use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 6 ‑ 2 for moreinformation.

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Daytime Running Lamps(DRL) Indicator Light

Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light

Page 132: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 132/382

This light turns on whenever theDaytime Running Lamps are in use.

See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)on page 6 ‑ 2 for more information.

For vehicles with front fog lamps,this light comes on when the frontfog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the frontfog lamps are turned off. See Front Fog Lamps on page 6 ‑ 4 for moreinformation.

Lamps On Reminder

The lamps on reminder light comeson when the lights are in use.

The cruise control light is whitewhenever the cruise control is set,and turns green when the cruisecontrol is active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl on page 9 ‑ 35 for more

information.

Instruments and Controls 5-23

Door Ajar Light Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The vehicle may have a Driver

DIC Buttons

Page 133: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 133/382

For vehicles equipped with this light,it comes on when a door is open or not secured. Vehicles not equippedwith a light display a DIC message.See Door Ajar Messages on page 5 ‑ 28 for more information.

Information Center (DIC). The DICdisplays information about your vehicle. It also displays warningmessages if a system problem isdetected. See Vehicle Messages(Canada Base Level) on page 5 ‑ 26 or Vehicle Messages (CanadaUplevel and United States) on page 5 ‑ 27 for more information. All messages appear in the DICdisplay located in the center of theinstrument panel cluster.

DIC Operation and DisplaysThe DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by using theDIC buttons located on the turnsignal lever located on the left sideof the steering wheel. The DIC

displays trip, fuel, and warningmessages if a system problem isdetected.

A. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear the menu item displayed.

B. w x (Thumbwheel): Use toscroll through the menus. A marker will move across thebottom of the page as youscroll.

C. MENU: Press to display theTrip/Fuel menu and the VehicleInformation menu. This button isalso used to return to or exit thelast screen displayed onthe DIC.

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Trip/Fuel Menu ItemsPress MENU on the turn signallever until Trip/Fuel Informationmenu displays. Use w x to scrollthrough the menu items. Not allitems are available on every vehicle.

one trip odometer and some havetwo. The trip odometer can be resetto zero by pressing and holding theSET/CLR button while the tripodometer display is showing.

Fuel Range

On some models, this display isshown as c . L/100km (mpg).Reset the average consumptionby pressing SET/CLR when it isdisplayed.

The Instantaneous Fuel Economy

Page 134: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 134/382

y

The following is a list of all of thepossible menu items:. Trip 1 or Trip 2. Fuel Range. Average Fuel Economy or

Average Fuel Economy andInstantaneous Fuel Economy

. Average Speed

. Fuel Used

. Digital Speed

. Navigation

. Blank Display

Trip 1 or Trip 2

This displays the current distancetraveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from the last reset for thetrip odometer. Some models have

This displays the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The fuel rangeestimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving history and theamount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. On some models, this displayis shown as . km (mi). Fuel range

cannot be reset.Average Fuel Economy or Average Fuel Economy andInstantaneous Fuel Economy

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.

display shows the current fueleconomy in liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles per gallon(mpg). This number reflects only thefuel economy that the vehicle hasright now and changes frequently asdriving conditions change. Unlikeaverage economy, this displaycannot be reset.

Average SpeedThis displays the average speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. On some models, thisdisplay is shown as c km/h (mph).Reset the average speed bypressing SET/CLR when it isdisplayed.

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Fuel Used

This display shows the approximateliters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel thathave been used since last reset.The fuel used can be reset bypressing the SET/CLR button whilethe Fuel Used display is showing

Vehicle Information MenuItemsPress MENU on the turn signallever until Vehicle Information menuis displayed. Use w x to scrollthrough the menu items. Not all

will change the displays on thecluster and DIC to the type of measurements you select.

Tire Pressure

The display may show a vehiclewith the approximate pressures

Page 135: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 135/382

the Fuel Used display is showing.

Digital Speed

The speedometer shows how fastthe vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset.

Navigation

This display is used for the OnStar or Navigation System Turn-by-Turnguidance. See The OnStar Owner'sGuide or the Navigation manual,if the vehicle has navigation, for more information.

Blank Display

This display shows no information.

g

items are available on every vehicle.The following is a list of all of thepossible menu items:. Units. Tire Pressure. Remaining Oil Life. Battery Voltage.

Blank DisplayUnits

Move w x to change betweenMetric or US when the Unit displayis active. Press SET/CLR to confirmthe setting. On some models, youwill have to select 1, 2, or 3 for theUnit display. 1 is Imperial units, 2 isUS units, and 3 is metric units. This

pp pof all four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).On some models, this display onlyallows for matching of the TPMSsensors. In this case, the displaywill show TIRE LEARN. See TirePressure Monitor System on page 10 ‑ 48 and Tire PressureMonitor Operation on page 10 ‑ 50 for more information.

Remaining Oil Life

This display shows an estimateof the oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains. Onsome models, this display is

shown as : %.

5-26 Instruments and Controls

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage, or code 82, will appear on the display. See Engine Oil Messages on page 5 ‑ 29 and“ Vehicle Messages (Canadian BaseLevel) ” following. The oil should be

Battery Voltage

This display, available on somevehicles, shows the current batteryvoltage. If the voltage is in thenormal range, the value will display.For example, the display may readBattery Voltage 15 0 Volts The

Vehicle Messages

Vehicle Messages(Canada Base Level)DIC messages display when thestatus of the vehicle has changed

Page 136: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 136/382

changed as soon as possible.See Engine Oil on page 10 ‑ 9. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended inthe Maintenance Schedule in thismanual. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 ‑ 2 for more information.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. Itwill not reset itself. Also, be carefulnot to reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system press theSET/CLR button while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10 ‑ 12 .

Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. Thevehicle's charging system regulatesvoltage based on the state of thebattery. The battery voltage canfluctuate while viewing thisinformation on the DIC. This isnormal. See Charging System Light on page 5 ‑ 13 for more information.If there is a problem with the batterycharging system, the DIC will

display a message. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5 ‑ 27 .

Blank Display

This display shows no information.

status of the vehicle has changedand action may be needed tocorrect the condition. Multiplemessages appear one after another.

Press any of the DIC buttons on theturn signal lever to acknowledgeand clear them from the display.More urgent messages cannot becleared from the DIC display. Allmessages should be takenseriously. Clearing messageswill not correct the problem.

On the Canadian base level cluster,vehicle messages appear as codenumbers.

25: Left front turn indicator failure

26: Left rear turn indicator failure

27: Right front turn indicator failure28: Right rear turn indicator failure

Page 137: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 137/382

5-28 Instruments and Controls

Compass MessagesCALThis message is displayed when thecompass needs to be calibrated.See Compass on page 5 ‑ 4.

Door Ajar MessagesDOOR(S) OPEN A vehicle symbol will be displayedon the DIC showing which door isopen along with this message.Close the door completely.

To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the air conditioning compressor turnsback on. You can continue to

Page 138: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 138/382

– –Two dashes will be displayed if thecompass needs service. See your dealer for service.

Cruise Control MessagesAPPLY BRAKE BEFORECRUISEIf this message displays whenattempting to activate cruise control,apply the brake pedal and try again.

CRUISE SET TO XXXThis message displays when thecruise control is set and shows thespeed it was set to. See CruiseControl on page 9 ‑ 35 for more

information.

Close the door completely.

HOOD OPENThis message will display whenthe hood is open. Close the hoodcompletely.

TRUNK OPENThis message will display whenthe trunk is open. Close the trunkcompletely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessagesA/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMPThis message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.

drive the vehicle.If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by your dealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINEOVERHEATED — IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINEOVERHEATED — STOPENGINEThis message displays and a

continuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

HIGH COOLANT

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINEThis message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the cause

may be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

Page 139: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 139/382

TEMPERATUREThis message displays if the coolanttemperature is hot. See EngineOverheating on page 10 ‑ 20 .

Engine Oil MessagesCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONThis message displays when the

engine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System on page 10 ‑ 12 and Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5 ‑ 23 for information on how to reset thesystem. See Engine Oil on page 10 ‑ 9 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 ‑ 2 for more information.

of the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power MessagesENGINE POWER IS REDUCEDThis message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, but

maximum acceleration and speed

FUEL LEVEL LOW This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

TIGHTEN GAS CAPThis message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

Key and Lock MessagesREPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEYThis message displays when thebattery in the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter needs to bereplaced.

Page 140: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 140/382

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Security MessagesTHEFT ATTEMPTEDThis message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE VEHICLE SOONThis message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the Vehicle

Tire MessagesSERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEMThis message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See Tire

Page 141: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 141/382

gSERVICE AC SYSTEMThis message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service.

SERVICE POWER STEERINGThis message displays if there is aproblem with the power steeringsystem. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service.

SERVICE STEERINGCOLUMN LOCKThis message displays if there is aproblem with the steering columnlock. Take the vehicle to your dealer

for service.

MessagesTURN STEERING WHEELTURN KEY OFF THEN ONThis message displays when thesteering column is locked. Tryturning the steering wheel whileturning the vehicle off and then backon to unlock the steering column.

TURN STEERING WHEELSTART VEHICLE AGAINThis message displays when thesteering column is locked. Tryturning the steering wheel whilestarting the vehicle to unlock thesteering column.

y ( )Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10 ‑ 50 for more information.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVEThis message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10 ‑ 50 for more information.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TIREOn vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), thismessage displays when thepressure in one or more of thevehicle's tires is low.

There is also an icon with thewarning that will indicate thelocation of the low tire.

5-32 Instruments and Controls

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light on page 5 ‑ 19 .

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding air until the tire pressure is equal to

Transmission MessagesSERVICE TRANSMISSIONThis message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

Vehicle Reminder MessagesICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CAREThis message displays when ice

Page 142: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 142/382

the values shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tireson page 10 ‑ 40 , Vehicle Load Limitson page 9 ‑ 11 , and Tire Pressure on page 10 ‑ 47 .

You can receive more than one tirepressure message at a time. Toread the other messages that mayhave been sent at the same time,press the SET/CLR button. The DICalso shows the tire pressure values.See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5 ‑ 23 .

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINEThis message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. This

message clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

conditions are possible.STEERING COLUMN ISLOCKEDThis message displays when thesteering column is locked.

Instruments and Controls 5-33

VehiclePersonalizationThe audio system controls areused to access the personalizationmenus for customizing vehiclefeatures.

Entering the PersonalizationMenus

1. Press CONFIG to access theConfiguration Settings menu.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlightVehicle Settings. Press the

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Locking, Unlocking,Starting

. Return to Factory Settings

Turn the MENU knob to highlight themenu. Press the knob to select it.

Page 143: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 143/382

CONFIG (Configuration): Pressto access the ConfigurationSettings menu.

MENU knob: Press the center of this knob to enter the menus andselect menu items. Turn the knobto scroll through the menus.

BACK: Press to exit or movebackwards in a menu.

CONFIG button until Vehicle ishighlighted on vehicles withnavigation system only.

3. Press the center of the MENUknob to select the VehicleSettings menu. Key myst be inthe run position.

The following list of menu items maybe available:. Climate and Air Quality. Comfort and Convenience. Collision/Detection Systems. Languages. Lighting

Each of the menus is detailed in thefollowing information.

Vehicles with a Navigation systemwill display a check mark to indicatethis feature is on.

Climate and Air QualityIf equipped, select the Climate and Air Quality menu and the following

will be displayed:. Auto Fan Speed. Air Quality Sensor . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats. Auto Defog. Auto Rear Defog

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Auto Fan Speed

This will allow you to select theautomatic fan speed. This featuresets the climate control fan speed tomaintain the interior temperature.

Press the MENU knob when

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

On vehicles with remote start andheated seats, the heated seats canbe set to on or off.

Press the MENU knob whenRemote Start Auto Heat Seats is

Press the BACK button to confirmthe selection and move back to thelast menu.

Auto Rear Defog

When on, this feature turns on therear defogger at vehicle start when

Page 144: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 144/382

Auto Fan Speed is highlighted toopen the menu. Turn the knob tohighlight High, Medium, or Low.Press the BACK button to confirmthe selection and move back tothe last menu.

Air Quality Sensor

This will allow you to select whether the system will operate at high or low sensitivity. Only vehicles withthe automatic climate control willhave this option.

Press the MENU knob when Air Quality Sensor is highlighted toopen the menu. Turn the knob tohighlight High Sensitivity or LowSensitivity. Press the BACK buttonto confirm the selection and moveback to the last menu.

highlighted to open the menu. Turnthe knob to highlight On or Off.Press the BACK button to confirmthe selection and move back to thelast menu.

Auto Defog

When turned On and high humidityis detected, the climate controlsystem may adjust to outsideair supply and turn on the air conditioner or the heater. The fanspeed may slightly increase tohelp prevent fogging. When highhumidity is no longer detected, thesystem will return to its prior operation.

Press the MENU knob when AutoDefog is highlighted to open themenu. Turn the knob to highlightOn or Off.

the interior temperature is cold andlikely fog. The Auto rear defogfunction can be disabled bypressing 1 . When OFF, thefeature can be turned on bypressing 1 . See “ Rear WindowDefogger ” under Climate Control Systems on page 8 ‑ 1 for moreinformation.

Press the MENU knob when AutoRear Defog is highlighted to openthe menu. Turn the knob to highlightOn or Off. Press the knob to confirmthe selection and move back to thelast menu.

Page 145: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 145/382

5-36 Instruments and Controls

Power Door LocksSelect Power Door Locks and thefollowing will be displayed:. Auto Door Unlock. Delayed Door Lock.

U l k d D A ti L k O t

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delaythe locking of the doors untilfive seconds after the last door isclosed. You will hear three chimesto signal delayed locking is in use.Press either the power lock button

th l k b tt th RKE

Even when this feature is off, thedriver is protected from accidentallockouts when the key is in theignition.

If Off is selected, the DelayedDoor Lock feature may be enabledthrough an additional menu

l ti

Page 146: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 146/382

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out. Auto Door Lock

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Press the MENU knob when AutoDoor Unlock is highlighted. Turn

the knob to select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press the knob toconfirm and go back to thelast menu.

or the lock button on the RKEtransmitter twice to override thedelayed locking feature andimmediately lock all of the doors.

Press the MENU knob whenDelayed Door Lock is highlightedto select On or Off. Press BACK toreturn to the last menu.

Unlocked Door Anti Lock OutWhen on, all doors will lock. Thedriver door will then unlock if door locking is requested while thedrivers door is open and disablesDelayed Door Lock feature.

selection.Press the MENU knob whenUnlocked Door Anti Lock Out ishighlighted to select On or Off.Press BACK to return to thelast menu.

Auto Door Lock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically lock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Press the MENU knob when AutoDoor Lock is highlighted. Turn theknob to select On or Off. Press theknob to confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Instruments and Controls 5-37

Remote Locking, Unlocking,StartingSelect Remote Locking, Unlocking,Starting and the following will bedisplayed (depending on system):. Remote Lock Feedback. D U l k R t D

Door Unlock or Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing the unlockbutton on the RKE transmitter.

Press the MENU knob when Door

U l k i highlight d T th k b

Press the MENU knob whenRemote Unlock Light Feedbackis highlighted. Turn the knob toselect On or Off. Press the knobto confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Remote Start

Page 147: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 147/382

Door Unlock or Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Start

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type of feedback is given when locking the

vehicle with the RKE transmitter.Press the MENU knob whenRemote Lock Feedback ishighlighted. Turn the knob toselect Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, Horn Only, or Off. Press theknob to confirm and go back to thelast menu.

Unlock is highlighted. Turn the knobto select All Doors or Driver Door Only. When set to Driver Door Only,the driver door will unlock the firsttime the unlock button is pressedand all doors will unlock when thebutton is pressed a second time.When set to All Doors, all of thedoors will unlock at the first press of the unlock button. Press the knob toconfirm and go back to thelast menu.

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

If equipped, this allows selection of what type of feedback is given whenunlocking the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter.

If equipped, this allows selection toturn on or off Remote Start.

Press the MENU knob whenRemote Start is highlighted. Turnthe knob to select On or Off. Pressthe knob to confirm and go back tothe last menu.

Return to Factory SettingsSelect Return to Factory Settings toreturn all vehicle personalization tothe default settings. Turn the knobto select Yes or No. Press the knobto confirm and go back to thelast menu.

5-38 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES

Page 148: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 148/382

Page 149: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 149/382

Page 150: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 150/382

Lighting 6-3The DRL system makes the low ‐beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness when thefollowing conditions are met:. The ignition is in the ON/

RUN mode.. The exterior lamps control is

in AUTO

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and the DRLcome on.

To turn the DRL lamps off or onagain, turn the exterior lampscontrol to the off position and thenrelease. For vehicles first sold inCanada the DRL lamps cannot be

Page 151: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 151/382

in AUTO.. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only the low ‐beam headlamps, at a reduced levelof brightness, will be on. Thetaillamps, sidemarker, instrumentpanel, and other lamps will notbe on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regular headlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

Canada, the DRL lamps cannot beturned off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen it is dark enough outside andthe exterior lamps control is in theautomatic position, the headlampscome on automatically. See Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6 ‑ 1 .

The vehicle has a light sensor located on top of the instrumentpanel. Make sure it is not covered,or the headlamps will be on whenthey are not needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through a

parking garage or tunnel.

6-4 Lighting

Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out. Have the bulbsreplaced. If the bulb is not burnedout, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 10 ‑ 34 for

more information.

Page 152: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 152/382

| Hazard Warning Flasher:

Press and momentarily hold thisbutton located on the instrumentpanel above the climate controlsystem, to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash onand off. This warns others thatyou are having trouble. Press andmomentarily hold again to turn theflashers off.

An arrow on the instrument panelcluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change.

Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. The turn signal flashesthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

more information.

Front Fog Lamps

For vehicles with front fog lamps,the button is located on theoutboard side of the instrumentpanel.

Lighting 6-5

The ignition must be on to turn onthe fog lamps.# : Press to turn the fog lampson or off. An indicator light on theinstrument panel cluster comes onwhen the fog lamps are on.

The fog lamps come on together with the parking lamps

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp isin the door position.

Dome Lamps

Page 153: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 153/382

with the parking lamps.

If the high ‐beam headlamps areturned on, the fog lamps will turn off.If the high ‐beam headlamps areturned off, the fog lamps will turnback on again.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be on

along with the fog lamps.

This feature controls the brightnessof the instrument panel controls andinfotainment display screen. Thethumbwheel is located to the leftof the steering column on theinstrument panel.D (Instrument PanelBrightness): Turn the thumbwheelup or down and hold, to brighten or dim the instrument panel controlsand infotainment display screen.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are locatedin the headliner.( (Dome Lamp Override): Pressto turn the lamps off, even when a

door is open.

6-6 Lighting

H (Door): Press to turn the lampson automatically when a door isopened.' (On): Press to turn on thedome lamps.

Reading Lamps

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, parking lamps,taillamps, and most of the interior lights turn on briefly, when the

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K is

The dome lamps also come onwhen the key is removed from theignition. The exterior lamps anddome lamps remain on after thedoor is closed for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn off immediately by turning the

l l ff

Page 154: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 154/382

The reading lamps are located in

the overhead console.# / $ : Press the button near each lamp to turn it on or off.

y y ( ) Kpressed. After about 30 seconds theexterior lamps turn off, and then thedome and remaining interior lightswill dim to off. Entry lighting can bedisabled manually by changing theignition out of the OFF position,or by pressing the RKE Q button.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization on page 5 ‑ 33 .

Exit LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, parkinglamps, back ‐up lamps, and licenseplate lamps come on at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when thekey is removed from the ignition.

y y gexterior lamps control off.

The exit lighting feature canbe changed. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5 ‑ 33 .

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature is

designed to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lights are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off after some time.

Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-1Overview (Base Level) 7 2

Introduction

InfotainmentRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the audiosystem's features.

{ WARNING

. Set up the tone, speaker adjustments, and preset radiostations.

For more information, see DefensiveDriving on page 9 ‑ 2 .

The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,the audio system can be played

Page 155: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 155/382

Overview (Base Level) . . . . . . . . 7-2Overview (Uplevel) ............ 7-4Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Radio AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-17

Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-17Audio Players

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

PhoneBluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-22Bluetooth (Infotainment

Cont ro l s ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -24

Bluetooth (VoiceRecognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -28

{ WARNING

Taking your eyes off the roadfor extended periods couldcause a crash resulting in injuryor death to you or others. Donot give extended attention toentertainment tasks while driving.

This system provides access tomany audio and non ‐ audio listings.

To minimize taking your eyes off theroad while driving, do the followingwhile the vehicle is parked:. Become familiar with the

operation and controls of theaudio system.

y p yeven after the ignition is turned off.See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9 ‑ 20 for moreinformation.

Navigation/Radio SystemFor vehicles with a navigation radiosystem, see the separate navigation

manual.

Theft-Deterrent FeatureThe theft-deterrent feature works bylearning a portion of the VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) tothe infotainment system. Theinfotainment system does notoperate if it is stolen or moved

to a different vehicle.

7-2 Infotainment System

Overview (Base Level) D. k. CD: Pauses playback, and

stops playback.

E. l. Radio: Seeks the next

station.. CD: Selects the next track

Page 156: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 156/382

A. O. Turns the system on or off

and adjusts the volume.

B. Buttons 1 to 6.

Radio: Saves and selectsfavorite stations.

C. g. Radio: Seeks the previous

station.. CD: Selects the previous

track or rewinds within atrack.

CD: Selects the next trackor fast forwards within atrack.

F. CLOCK. Opens the clock menu.

G. INFO. Radio: Shows available

information about thecurrent station.

. CD: Shows availableinformation about thecurrent track.

H. TONE. Opens the tone menu.

Infotainment System 7-3

I. AS. Radio: Opens the auto

store stations list.

J. BAND. Changes the band while

listening to the radio.. Selects the radio when

l d ff

M. CONFIG. Opens the settings menu.

N. 5 \ >. Opens the phone

main menu..

Mutes the audio system.O FAV

Q. MENU. Turn to open menus,

highlight menu items,or set numeric values whilein a menu.

. Press to select menuitems.

. Radio: Manually selects

Page 157: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 157/382

listening to a differentaudio source.

K. CD/AUX. Selects the CD player or

an external audio source.

L. CD Slot. Insert a CD.

O. FAV. Radio: Opens the

favorites list.

P. BACK. Menu: Moves one

level back.. Character Input: Deletes

the last character.

Radio: Manually selectsradio stations.

. CD: Selects tracks.

R. Y. Removes a disc from the

CD slot.

7-4 Infotainment System

Overview (Uplevel) D. u. CD: Moves up one folder

level while playing an MP3.

E. k. CD: Pauses playback, and

stops playback.

F w

Page 158: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 158/382

A. O. Turns the system on or off

and adjusts the volume.

B. Buttons 1 to 6. Radio: Saves and selects

favorite stations.

C. g. Radio: Seeks the previous

station.. CD: Selects the previous

track or rewinds within atrack.

F. w

. CD: Moves back one folder level while playing an MP3.

G. l. Radio: Seeks the next

station..

CD: Selects the next trackor fast forwards within atrack.

H. CLOCK. Opens the clock menu.

Infotainment System 7-5

I. INFO. Radio: Shows available

information about thecurrent station.

. CD: Shows availableinformation about thecurrent track.

J. TONE

N. CD Slot. Insert a CD.

O. CONFIG. Opens the settings menu.

P. 5 \ >.

Opens the phonemain menu

S. MENU. Turn to open menus,

highlight menu items,or set numeric values whilein a menu.

. Press to select menuitems.

. Radio: Manually selects

Page 159: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 159/382

. Opens the tone menu.

K. AS. Radio: Opens the auto

store stations list.

L. BAND. Changes the band while

listening to the radio.. Selects the radio when

listening to a differentaudio source.

M. CD/AUX. Selects the CD player or

an external audio source.

main menu.. Mutes the audio system.

Q. FAV. Radio: Opens the

favorites list.

R. BACK. Menu: Moves one

level back.. Character Input: Deletes

the last character.

yradio stations.

. CD: Selects tracks.

T. Y. Removes a disc from the

CD slot.

7-6 Infotainment System

OperationControlsThe infotainment system isoperated by using the pushbuttons,multifunction knobs, menus shownon the display, and steering wheel

controls, if equipped.h ff

MENU System (Base Level)The menu system for the base levelinfotainment system appears on thetop half of the display screen.

Menu Icons

The menu icons indicate the

following:

B. The angled arrow indicates thata submenu with more options isavailable.

C. A single right arrow indicatesthat the first submenu level isactive. Two right arrows indicatethat the second submenu level

is active.D Th d i di t th t

Page 160: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 160/382

Turning the System On or Off O (Volume/Power): Press toturn the system on and off.

Automatic Switch ‐ Off

If the infotainment system hasbeen turned on after the ignition isturned off, the system will turn off automatically after 10 minutes.

Volume ControlO (Volume/Power): Turn to adjustthe volume.5 / > (Phone/Mute): Press 5 / >to mute the infotainment system.Press 5 / > again, or turn

the O knob to cancel mute.

A. The up and down arrowsindicate that the main menu isactive.

D. The down arrow indicates thatthat more options are availablein the current menu.

Controls

The MENU knob and the BACKbutton are used to navigate themenu system.

MENU Knob: Press to:. Enter the menu system.. Select or activate the menu

option.. Confirm a set value.. Turn a system setting on or off.

Infotainment System 7-7

Turn to:. Select a menu, or a menu

option.. Select a value.

BACK: Press to:. Exit a menu.. Return from a submenu screen

Activating a Setting

1. Press the MENU knob to enter

2. Turn the MENU knob to changethe current value of the setting.

3. Press the MENU knob to confirmthe setting.

Turning a Function On or Off

Page 161: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 161/382

to the previous menu screen.. Delete the last character in a

sequence.

Selecting a Menu Option

1. Turn the MENU knob to scrollthrough available menu options.

2. Press the MENU knob to selectthe option.

Submenus

A single right arrow indicates that asubmenu with other options isavailable.

A double right arrow indicates that asecond submenu with other options

is available.

the displayed menu.

2. Turn the MENU knob to displaythe setting.

3. Press the MENU knob toactivate the setting.

Setting a Value

1. Press the MENU knob to enter the displayed menu.

1. Press the MENU knob to enter the displayed menu.

2. Turn the MENU knob to turn the

function on or off.3. Press the MENU knob to confirm

the setting.

7-8 Infotainment System

Entering a Character Sequence

1. Press the MENU knob to enter

Controls

The MENU knob and the BACKbutton are used to navigate themenu system.

MENU Knob: Press to:. Enter the menu system.. Select or activate the highlighted

menu option

Selecting a Menu Option

1. Turn the MENU knob to move

Page 162: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 162/382

the displayed menu.

2. Turn the MENU knob to adjustthe highlighted character.

3. Press the MENU knob to selectthe character.

Press the BACK button to delete thelast character in the sequence or press and hold to delete the entirecharacter sequence.

MENU System (Uplevel)The menu system for the uplevelinfotainment system appears on thedisplay screen.

menu option.. Confirm a set value.. Turn a system setting on or off.

Turn to:. Highlight a menu option.. Select a value.

BACK: Press to:. Exit a menu.. Return from a submenu screen

to the previous menu screen.. Delete the last character in a

sequence.

the highlighted bar.

2. Press the MENU knob to selectthe highlighted option.

Submenus

An arrow on the right ‐ hand edge of the menu indicates that it has a

submenu with other options.

Infotainment System 7-9

Activating a Setting

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight

Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight

Press the BACK button to delete thelast character in the sequence or press and hold to delete the entirecharacter sequence.

Audio SettingsThe audio settings can be set for each radio band and each audioplayer source.

Page 163: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 163/382

the setting.

2. Press the MENU knob toactivate the setting.

Setting a Value

1. Turn the MENU knob to changethe current value of the setting.

2. Press the MENU knob to confirmthe setting.

the function.

2. Press the MENU knob to turnthe function on or off.

Entering a Character Sequence

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlightthe character.

2. Press the MENU knob to selectthe character.

To quickly reset an audio settingvalue to 0:

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select the audio setting.

3. Press and hold the MENUbutton until the value

changes to 0.Press the BACK button to go backto the Tone Settings menu.

7-10 Infotainment System

Adjusting the Treble, Midrange,and Bass

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select Treble, Midrange,or Bass.

3. Select the value.

Press the BACK button to go backto the Tone Settings menu.

System Settings

Configuring the Number of Favorite Pages

To configure the number of availablefavorite pages:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

The level of volume compensationcan be selected, or the auto volumefeature can be turned off.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select Auto Volume.

4. Select the setting.5 Press the BACK button

Page 164: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 164/382

g

Adjusting the Fader and Balance

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select Fader or Balance.

3. Select the value.

Press the BACK button to go back

to the Tone Settings menu.Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)

For vehicles that have an equalizer:

1. Press the TONE button.

2. Select EQ presets.

3. Select the setting.

Press the BACK button to go back

to the Tone Settings menu.

3. Select Radio Favorites.

4. Select the number of availablefavorite pages.

5. Press the BACK buttonto go back to the SystemConfiguration menu.

Auto VolumeThe auto volume featureautomatically adjusts the radiovolume to compensate for road andwind noise as the vehicle speeds upor slows down, so that the volumelevel is consistent.

5. Press the BACK buttonto go back to the SystemConfiguration menu.

Maximum Startup Volume

The maximum volume played whenthe radio is first turned on canbe set.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select Maximum StartupVolume.

4. Select the setting.

5. Press the BACK buttonto go back to the System

Configuration menu.

Infotainment System 7-11

Radio

AM-FM RadioControl ButtonsThe buttons used to control theradio are:

BAND: Press to turn the radio onand choose bet een AM FM and

RDS (Radio Data System)The radio may have RDS. The RDSfeature is available for use only onFM stations that broadcast RDSinformation. This feature only workswhen the information from the radiostation is available. In rare cases,

a radio station could broadcastincorrect information that causes the

Selecting a BandPress the BAND button to choose AM, FM, or XM, if equipped. Thelast station that was playing startsplaying again.

Selecting a Station

Seek TuningIf the radio station is not known:

Page 165: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 165/382

and choose between AM, FM, andXM™ , if equipped.

MENU: Turn to navigate theavailable menus and to search for stations.

INFO: Press to display additionalinformation that may be available for

the current song.g / l : Press to search for stations.

FAV: Press to open the favoriteslist and select the favorites page.

1 to 6: Press to select presetstations.

AS (Autostore): Press to open theautostore list.

radio features to work improperly.If this happens, contact the radiostation.

While the radio is tuned to anFM-RDS station, the station nameor call letters display.

Radio MenusRadio menus are available for AMand FM.

Turn the MENU knob to open themain radio menu for that band.

If the radio station is not known:

Briefly press g or l toautomatically search for the nextavailable station. If a station is notfound, the radio switches to a moresensitive search level. If a stationstill is not found, the frequency that

was last active begins to play.If the radio station is known:

Press and hold g or l until thestation on the display is reached,then release the button.

Manual Tuning

Turn the TUNE knob to select thefrequency on the display.

7-12 Infotainment System

Favorites List

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select Favorites List.

3. Select the station.

Station Lists

1. Turn the MENU knob.2. Select AM or FM Station List. All

To search for a programming typedetermined by station:

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select FM category list. A list of all programming types availabledisplays.

3. Select the programming type. A list of stations that transmitprogramming of the selected

To cancel the station search, pressthe MENU Knob.

Storing a Station as a FavoriteStations from all bands can bestored in any order in the favoritepages.

Up to six stations can be stored ineach favorite page and the number f l bl f

Page 166: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 166/382

receivable stations in the currentreception area are displayed. If astation list has not been created,an automatic station searchis done.

3. Select the station.

Category Lists

Most stations that broadcast anRDS program type code specify thetype of programming transmitted.Some stations change the programtype code depending on thecontent. The system stores the RDSstations sorted by program type inthe FM category list.

programming of the selectedtype displays.

4. Select the station.

The category lists are updated whenthe station lists are updated.

Updating Station & Category Lists

If stations stored in the station listcan no longer be received:

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select Update AM or FM StationList, if the stations stored inthe station list are no longer received. A station search willbe completed and the firststation in the updated listwill play.

of available favorite pages canbe set.

Storing Stations

To store the station to a position inthe list, press the correspondingbutton 1 to 6 until a beep is heard.

Retrieving StationsPress the FAV button to open afavorite page or to switch to another favorite page. Briefly press one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve thestation.

Infotainment System 7-13

Autostore StationsAS (Autostore): Autostoresearches and stores six FM andsix AM stations with the strongestsignal. To use autostore:

1. Press RADIO/BAND to selectFM or AM.

2. Press AS for at leasttwo seconds until a beep

Satellite RadioVehicles with an XM Satellite Radiotuner and a valid XM Satellite Radiosubscription can receive XMprogramming.

XM Satellite Radio Service

XM is a satellite radio service that isbased in the 48 contiguous United

Control ButtonsThe buttons used to control the XMradio are:

RADIO/BAND: Press to turn theradio on and choose between AM,FM, and XM.g

/ l

: Press to go to theprevious or next channel.

Page 167: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 167/382

two seconds until a beepsounds. SEARCH displays onthe radio, followed by thenumber of stations found.

3. The radio will automatically storethe six strongest stations foundas autostore presets.

Press the AS button to alternatebetween the autostore stations andfavorites.

AS displays on the radio when usingautostore presets.

Autostore does not deletepreviously stored favorite stations.

Autostore does not function with XM

radio stations.

States and 10 Canadian provinces.XM Satellite Radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound. A service fee is required to receivethe XM service. If XM Service needs

to be reactivated, the radio willdisplay "No Subscription PleaseRenew" on channel XM1. For more information, contact XM atwww.xmradio.com or call1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. andwww.xmradio.ca or call1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

FAV: Press to open thefavorites list.

1 to 6: Press to select a favorite.

MENU: Turn to select a channel.

INFO: Press to display additionalinformation that may be available

about the current song.k (Play/Pause): Press to pausetime shifted content, if equipped.

Selecting the XM BandPress the RADIO/BAND button tochoose between the AM, FM, andXM bands. The last channel playedin that band begins to play when

that band is selected.

7-14 Infotainment System

XM CategoriesXM channels are organized incategories.

Removing or Adding Categories

Channels in a category that havebeen removed can still be accessed

by using the g or l buttons,or the MENU knob.

Selecting a ChannelUsing g or l. Press and release g or l to

go to the previous or nextchannel.

. Press and hold g or l to

scroll through the previous or next channel until the channel is

Selecting a Channel Using theMENU System

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select XM Category List.

3. Select the category.

4. Select the channel.

Storing an XM Channel as aFavorite

Page 168: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 168/382

To add or remove categories:

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Radio Settings.

3. Select XM Categories.

4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight

the category.5. Press the MENU knob to remove

or add the category.

Selecting an XM ChannelXM channels can be selected byusing g , l , the MENU knob,or the MENU system.

reached.

Selecting a Channel Using theMENU Knob

To select an XM channel using theMENU knob:

Turn the MENU knob to highlight

an XM channel. The channel isselected after a short delay.

To select a channel usingthe MENU:

1. Turn the MENU knob and selectChannel List.

2. Select the desired channel.

FavoriteChannels from all bands can bestored in any order in the favoritepages.

Up to six channels can be stored ineach favorite page and the number of available favorite pages canbe set.Storing a Channel as a Favorite

To store the channel to a positionin the list, press and hold thecorresponding 1 to 6 button untilthe channel can be heard again.

Infotainment System 7-15

Retrieving Channels

Press the FAV button to open afavorite page or to change toanother favorite page. Brieflypress one of the 1 to 6 buttonsto retrieve the channel.

XM MessagesXL (Explicit LanguageChannels): These channels or any

Channel Unauth: This channel isblocked or cannot be received withyour XM Subscription package.

Channel Unavailable: Thispreviously assigned channel is nolonger assigned. Tune to another station.

No Artist Info: The system isworking properly. No artist

No Subscription Please Renew:XM subscription needs to bereactivated. Contact XM atwww.xmradio.com or 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.and www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

No XM Signal: The system isworking properly. The vehicle maybe in a location where the XM signal

Page 169: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 169/382

Channels): These channels, or anyothers, can be blocked by request,by calling 1-800-929-2100 in theU.S., and 1-877-438-9677 inCanada.

XM Updating: The encryption codein the receiver is being updated. No

action is required. This processshould take no longer than30 seconds.

Loading XM: The audio system isacquiring and processing audio andtext data. No action is needed. Thismessage should disappear shortly.

Channel Off Air: This channel isnot currently in service. Tune in to

another channel.

information is available at thistime on this channel.

No Title Info: The system isworking properly. No song titleinformation is available at thistime on this channel.

No CAT Info: The system isworking properly. No categoryinformation is available at thistime on this channel.

No Information: The systemis working properly. No text or informational messages areavailable at this time on thischannel.

be in a location where the XM signalis being blocked. When the vehicleis moved into an open area, thesignal should return.

CAT Not Found: The system isworking properly. There are nochannels available for the selected

category.XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,this message alternates with the XMRadio eight ‐ digit radio ID label. Thislabel is needed to activate theservice.

Unknown: If this message isreceived when tuned to channel 0,there could be a receiver fault.

Consult with your dealer.

7-16 Infotainment System

Check Antenna: If this messagedoes not clear within a short periodof time, the receiver could have afault. Consult with your dealer.

XM Not Available: If this messagedoes not clear within a short periodof time, the receiver could have a

fault. Consult with your dealer.

Radio Reception

FMFM signals only reach about 16 to65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although theradio has a built-in electronic circuitthat automatically works to reduceinterference, some static can occur,especially around tall buildings or

hills, causing the sound to fade inand out.

XM™ Satellite Radio ServiceXM Satellite Radio Service givesdigital radio reception from coast tocoast in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates, and in Canada. Just aswith FM, tall buildings or hills caninterfere with satellite radio signals,

causing the sound to fade in andout. In addition, traveling or standingunder heavy foliage bridges

Page 170: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 170/382

Radio ReceptionFrequency interference and staticcan occur during normal radioreception if items such as cell phonechargers, vehicle convenienceaccessories, and external electronicdevices are plugged into the

accessory power outlet. If there isinterference or static, unplug theitem from the accessory power outlet.

AMThe range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interferewith each other. For better radioreception, most AM radio stationsboost the power levels during theday, and then reduce these levelsduring the night. Static can alsooccur when things like storms andpower lines interfere with radioreception. When this happens, tryreducing the treble on the radio.

under heavy foliage, bridges,garages, or tunnels may cause lossof the XM signal for a period of time.

Cellular Phone UsageCellular phone usage may causeinterference with the vehicle's radio.This interference may occur whenmaking or receiving phone calls,charging the phone's battery,or simply having the phone on. Thisinterference can cause an increasedlevel of static while listening to theradio. If static is received whilelistening to the radio, unplug thecellular phone and turn it off.

Infotainment System 7-17

Satellite Radio AntennaThe XM Satellite Radio antenna islocated on the roof of the vehicle.Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear radioreception.

If the vehicle has a sunroof, theperformance of the XM system maybe affected if the sunroof is open.

Audio Players

CD Player The CD player can play audio CDsand MP3 CDs.

The CD player will not play

8 cm(3 in) CDs.Care of CDs

mild neutral detergent solutionmixed with water, and clean it.Wipe the disc from the center tothe outer edge.

Care of the CD Player

Do not add a label to a disc, as itcould get caught in the CD player.If a label is needed, label thetop of the recorded disc with a

k

Page 171: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 171/382

Multi-Band AntennaThe multi-band antenna is on theroof of the vehicle. The antenna isused for the AM ‐ FM radio, OnStar,the XM Satellite Radio ServiceSystem, and GPS (GlobalPositioning System), if the vehiclehas these features. Keep theantenna clear of obstructions for clear reception.

Sound quality can be reduced dueto disc quality, recording method,quality of the music recorded, andhow the disc has been handled.Handle discs carefully and storethem in their original cases or other protective cases away from directsunlight and dust. If the bottomsurface of a disc is damaged, thedisc may not play properly or at all.Do not touch the bottom surface of a disc while handling it; this coulddamage the surface. Pick up discsby grasping the outer edges or theedge of the hole and the outer edge.

If the bottom surface of a disc isdirty, take a soft lint ‐ free cloth,or dampen a clean soft cloth in a

marking pen.

Do not use disc lens cleanersbecause they could contaminate thelens of the disc optics and damagethe CD player.Notice: If a label is added to aCD, more than one CD is insertedinto the slot at a time, or anattempt is made to play scratchedor damaged CDs, the CD player could be damaged. While usingthe CD player, use only CDs ingood condition without any label,load one CD at a time, and keepthe CD player and the loading slotfree of foreign materials, liquids,

and debris.

Page 172: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 172/382

Infotainment System 7-19

Using the CD Menu:

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select Playlists/Folders.

3. Select the playlist or folder.

4. Select the track.

Searching for MP3 Tracks

The search feature may take sometime to display the information after

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select Search.

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,Song Titles, Genres,or Folder View.

4. Select the track.

Auxiliary Devices

Page 173: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 173/382

time to display the information after reading the disc due to the amountof information stored on the disc.FM automatically plays while thedisc is being read.

Tracks can be searched by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Genres. Folder View

Auxiliary DevicesThe optional AUX input allowsportable devices to connect to thevehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in)auxiliary jack or USB port.

Portable devices are controlled byusing the menu system described inOperation on page 7 ‑ 6 .

The AUX input/USB port is locatedin the center console. Remove thecover to access and replace whennot in use.

3.5 mm JackConnect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable tothe auxiliary input jack to use aportable audio player.

Playback of an audio device that isconnected to the 3.5 mm jack canonly be controlled using the controlson the device.

7-20 Infotainment System

Adjusting the Volume

Turn the O knob to adjust thevolume of the infotainment systemafter the volume level has been seton the portable audio device.

USB Port

For vehicles with a USB port, thefollowing devices may be connectedand controlled by the infotainment

Connecting and Controllingan iPod ™

Not all iPods can be controlled bythe infotainment system.

Connecting an iPod

Connect the iPod to the USB port.

Searching for a TrackTracks that are found can be

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, Audiobooks, or Composers.

4. Select the track.

Shuffle

Turn the MENU knob and set

Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Off, then press the BACK button toreturn to the main screen.

Page 174: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 174/382

and controlled by the infotainmentsystem.. iPods. PlaysForSure Devices (PFD). USB Drives. Zunes

Not all iPods, PFDs, USB drives,and Zunes are compatible with theinfotainment system. Devices arealso charged while plugged into theUSB port.

searched for by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Song Titles. Podcasts. Genres. Audiobooks. Composers

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select Search.

On: Plays tracks in the currentfolder in random order.

Off: Plays tracks in the currentfolder in sequential order.

Repeat

Turn the MENU knob and setRepeat to On or Off, then press theBACK button to return the mainscreen.

On: Repeats the current track.

Off: Starts playback from thebeginning of the current trackafter the last track finishes.

Infotainment System 7-21

Connecting and Controlling aPlaysForSure Device (PFD)or Zune ™

Connecting a PFD or Zune

Connect the PFD or Zune to theUSB port.

Searching for a TrackTracks can be searched for by:

3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,Song Titles, Podcasts,or Genres.

4. Select the track.

Shuffle Functionality

Turn the MENU knob and setShuffle Songs (Random) to Onor Off.

On: Plays current tracks in

Connecting and Controlling aUSB DriveThe infotainment system can onlyplay back .mp3 and .wma files froma USB drive.

Only the first 10,000 songs arerecognized on the device.

When a device is not supported, themessage “No supported data found.

Page 175: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 175/382

. Playlists

. Artists

. Albums

. Song Titles

. Podcasts

. Genres

To search for tracks:

1. Turn the MENU knob.

2. Select Search.

On: Plays current tracks inrandom order.

Off: Plays current tracks insequential order.

Repeat Functionality

Turn the MENU knob and set

Repeat to On or Off.Repeat On: Repeats the currenttrack.

Repeat Off: Starts playback fromthe beginning of the current trackafter the last track finishes.

You can safely disconnect thedevice ” appears.

Connecting a USB Drive

Connect the USB drive to theUSB port.

Searching for a TrackIt is normal for the search featureto take some time to display theinformation after reading the devicedue to the amount of informationstored.

Files that do not have any metadata stored in the ID3 tag displayas Unknown.

Page 176: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 176/382

Infotainment System 7-23

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.The system may not work withall cell phones. See “Pairing aPhone ” in this section for moreinformation.

. If the cell phone has voicedialing capability, learn to usethat feature to access theaddress book or contact list. See“ Voice Pass-Thru ” in this sectionfor more information

Vehicles with a Bluetooth systemcan use a Bluetooth ‐ capable cellphone with a Hands ‐ Free Profile tomake and receive phone calls. Theinfotainment system and voicerecognition are used to control thesystem. The system can be usedwhile the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support

$ / i (End Call/Mute): Press toend a call, reject a call, or cancel anoperation.

Infotainment System Controls

For information about how tonavigate the menu system usingthe infotainment controls, seeOperation on page 7 ‑ 6 .5 \ > (Phone): Press to enter the

Page 177: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 177/382

for more information.. See “Storing and Deleting Phone

Numbers ” in this section for more information.

{ WARNING

When using a cell phone, it canbe distracting to look too long or too often at the screen of thephone or the infotainment(navigation) system. Takingyour eyes off the road too longor too often could cause a crashresulting in injury or death. Focusyour attention on driving.

9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones supportall functions and not all phones workwith the Bluetooth system. Seewww.gm.com/bluetooth for moreinformation about compatiblephones.

Bluetooth ControlsUse the buttons located on theinfotainment system and thesteering wheel to operate theBluetooth system.

Steering Wheel Controlsb / g (Push To Talk): Press toanswer incoming calls, confirmsystem information, and startvoice recognition.

Phone main menu.

Voice RecognitionThe voice recognition system usescommands to control the systemand dial phone numbers.

Noise: The system may notrecognize voice commands if thereis too much background noise.

When to Speak: A tone sounds toindicate that the system is ready for a voice command. Wait for the toneand then speak.

How to Speak: Speak clearly in acalm and natural voice.

7-24 Infotainment System

Audio SystemWhen using the Bluetooth system,sound comes through the vehicle'sfront audio system speakers andoverrides the audio system. Turnthe O knob during a call to changethe volume level. The adjusted

volume level remains in memoryfor later calls. The system maintainsa minimum volume level.

Bluetooth (InfotainmentControls)For information about how tonavigate the menu system usingthe infotainment controls, seeOperation on page 7 ‑ 6 .

Pairing A Bluetooth ‐ enabled cell phonemust be paired to the Bluetooth

Pairing Information:. Up to five cell phones can be

paired to the Bluetooth system.. The pairing process is disabled

when the vehicle is moving.. The Bluetooth system links with

the first available paired cellphone in the order the phonewas paired.

Page 178: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 178/382

Other InformationThe Bluetooth ® word mark andlogos are owned by the Bluetooth ®

SIG, Inc. and any use of such marksby General Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

See Radio Frequency Statement on page 13 ‑ 16 for FCC and IndustryCanada information.

must be paired to the Bluetoothsystem first and then connected tothe vehicle before it can be used.See the cell phone manufacturer'suser guide for Bluetooth functionsbefore pairing the cell phone. If aBluetooth phone is not connected,

calls will be made using OnStar ®

Hands ‐ Free Calling, if available.Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guidefor more information.

The pairing process can be startedby using the voice recognitionsystem or the controls on theinfotainment system.

. Only one paired cell phone canbe connected to the Bluetoothsystem at a time.

. Pairing should only need to becompleted once, unless changesto the pairing information have

been made or the phone isdeleted.

To link to a different paired phone,see “Linking to a Different Phone ”

later in this section.

Pairing a Phone

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.

Infotainment System 7-25

4. Select Pair Device (Phone). A four ‐ digit PersonalIdentification Number (PIN)appears on the display.

If the “ Add new GPS device ”

option is selected, the systemwill start a search for Bluetooth“ Handsfree ” profile devices justlike if “ Add new Phone ” wasselected. The additional GPSlocation feature which would

6. The system prompts for a namefor the phone and confirms thename provided. This name isused to indicate which phone isconnected.

7. The system responds with“<Phone name> has beensuccessfully paired ” after thepairing process is complete.

8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 to

4. Select Device List.

5. Select the phone to delete andfollow the on ‐ screen prompts.

Linking to a Different Phone

To link to a different phone, the newphone must be in the vehicle andavailable to be connected to theBluetooth system before theprocess is started.

Page 179: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 179/382

location feature which wouldprovide the vehicle's GPSlocation through the BluetoothSerial Port Profile is notavailable.

5. Start the pairing process on thecell phone that will be paired tothe vehicle. Reference the cellphone manufacturer's user guidefor information on this process.

Locate the device named “Your Vehicle ” in the list on the cellphone and follow the instructionson the cell phone to enter thefour ‐ digit PIN provided by thesystem.

pair additional phones.

Listing All Paired and ConnectedPhones

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.4. Select Device List.

Deleting a Paired Phone

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.

1. Press the CONFIG button.

2. Select Phone Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth.

4. Select Device List.

5. Select the new phone to linkto and follow the on ‐ screenprompts.

If delete is selected, thehighlighted phone will bedeleted.

7-26 Infotainment System

Making a Call UsingPhone BookFor cell phones that support thephone book feature, the Bluetoothsystem can use the contacts storedon your cell phone to make calls.See your cell phone's owner's guide

or contact your wireless provider tofind out if this feature is supportedby your phone.

To make a call using the PhoneBook menu:

1. Press the 5 / > button twice.

2. Select Phone Book.

3. You can search through the listby selecting the letter group the

phone book entry begins with,or press the MENU knob toscroll through the entire list of names/numbers in the

Making a Call

1. Press the 5 / > button twice.

2. Enter the character sequence.See “Entering a Character Sequence ” in Operation on page 7 ‑ 6 for more information.

3. Select Call to start dialing thenumber.

Accepting or Declining a Call

Page 180: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 180/382

When a cell phone supports thephone book feature, the PhoneBook and Call Lists menus areautomatically available.

The Phone Book menu allows youto access the phone book stored in

the cell phone to make a call.The Call Lists menu allows you toaccess the phone numbers from theIncoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, andMissed Calls menus on your cellphone to make a call.

names/numbers in thephone book.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

To make a call using the CallLists menu:

1. Press the 5 / > button twice.

2. Select Call Lists.

3. Select the Incoming Calls,Outgoing Calls, or MissedCalls list.

4. Select the name or number youwant to call.

Accepting or Declining a CallWhen a call is received, theinfotainment system mutes and aring tone is heard in the vehicle.

Accepting a Call

Turn the MENU knob to Answer and press the MENU knob.

Declining a Call

Turn the MENU knob to Decline andpress the MENU knob.

Infotainment System 7-27

Call WaitingCall waiting must be supported onthe Bluetooth phone and enabled bythe wireless service carrier to work.

Accepting a Call

Turn the MENU knob to Answer and press the MENU knob.

Declining a Call

Turn the MENU knob to Decline

Conference CallingConference calling and three ‐ waycalling must be supported on theBluetooth phone and enabled by thewireless service carrier to work.

To start a conference while in acurrent call:

1. Press the MENU knob.

2. Select Enter Number.

Ending a CallPress the MENU knob andselect Hang Up.

Muting a Call

To Mute a Call

Press the MENU knob andselect Mute Call.To Cancel Mute

Page 181: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 181/382

Turn the MENU knob to Declineand press the MENU knob.

Switching Between Calls(Call Waiting Calls Only)

To switch between calls:

1. Press the MENU knob.

2. Select Switch Call fromthe menu.

3. Enter the character sequencethen select call. See “Enteringa Character Sequence ” inOperation on page 7 ‑ 6 for more information.

4. After the call has been placed,turn the MENU knob button andchoose Merge Calls.

5. To add more callers to theconference call, repeatSteps 1 through 4. The number of callers that can be added islimited by your wireless servicecarrier.

Press the MENU knob andselect Mute Call.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency(DTMF) TonesThe Bluetooth system can send

numbers during a call. This is usedwhen calling a menu ‐ driven phonesystem.

1. Press the MENU knob andselect Enter Number.

2. Enter the character sequence.See “Entering a Character Sequence ” in Operation on page 7 ‑ 6 for more information.

7-28 Infotainment System

Bluetooth (VoiceRecognition)Using Voice RecognitionTo use voice recognition, press theb / g button located on the steeringwheel. The system responds

differently depending on what kindof infotainment system the vehiclehas installed.

Pairing A Bluetooth cell phone must bepaired to the Bluetooth system andthen connected to the vehicle beforeit can be used. See your cell phonemanufacturer's user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairingthe cell phone. If a Bluetooth phoneis not connected, calls will be madeusing OnStar Hands ‐ Free Calling,if available Refer to the OnStar

. Only one paired cell phone canbe connected to the Bluetoothsystem at a time.

. If multiple paired cell phones arewithin range of the system, thesystem connects to the firstavailable paired cell phone in theorder that they were first pairedto the system. To link to adifferent paired phone, see“ Connecting to a Different

Page 182: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 182/382

For vehicles without a navigationsystem, the system responds“ Ready, ” followed by a tone. After the tone, say a command.

For vehicles with a navigationsystem, the system responds with a

tone. After the tone say “HandsFree ” to use the Bluetooth voicerecognition system. The systemthen responds with “Ready, ”

followed by a tone. After the tone,say a command.

For additional information say“ Help ” while you are in a voicerecognition menu.

if available. Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide for more information.

Pairing Information. Up to five cell phones can be

paired to the Bluetooth system.. The pairing process is disabled

when the vehicle is moving.. Pairing only needs to be

completed once, unless thepairing information on the cellphone changes or the cell phoneis deleted from the system.

Phone ” later in this section.

Pairing a Phone

1. Press b / g . For vehicles with anavigation system, say “HandsFree, ” after the tone.

2. Say “Bluetooth. ”

3. Say “Pair. ” The system respondswith instructions and a four ‐ digitPersonal Identification Number (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.

Page 183: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 183/382

Page 184: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 184/382

Infotainment System 7-31

To delete all name tags:

1. Press b / g . For vehicles with anavigation system, say “HandsFree, ” after the tone.

2. Say “Delete all name tags. ”

Listing Stored Numbers

The list command will list all thestored numbers and name tags.

Using the “ List ” Command

Digit Dial: This command allows aphone number to be dialed byentering the digits one at a time.

Re ‐ dial: This command is used todial the last number used on the cellphone.

Using the “ Dial ” or “ Call ”

Command1. Press b / g . For vehicles with a

navigation system, say “Hands

If an unwanted number isrecognized by the system, say“ Clear ” at any time to clear the lastnumber.

To hear all of the numbersrecognized by the system, say“ Verify ” at any time.

1. Press b / g . For vehicles with anavigation system, say “HandsFree, ” after the tone.

Page 185: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 185/382

Using the List Command

1. Press b / g . For vehicles with anavigation system, say “HandsFree, ” after the tone.

2. Say “Directory. ”

3. Say “

Hands‐

Free Calling.”

4. Say “List. ”

Making a CallCalls can be made using thefollowing commands.

Dial or Call: The dial or call command can be usedinterchangeably to dial a phonenumber or a stored name tag.

navigation system, say HandsFree, ” after the tone.

2. Say “Dial ” or “Call. ”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing or say the name tag.

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Using the “ Digit Dial ” Command

The digit dial command allows aphone number to be dialed byentering the digits one at a time. After each digit is entered, thesystem repeats back the digit it

heard followed by a tone.

2. Say “Digit Dial. ”

3. Say each digit, one at a time,that you want to dial. After eachdigit is entered, the systemrepeats back the digit it heardfollowed by a tone. After the lastdigit has been entered,say “Dial. ”

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

7-32 Infotainment System

Using the “ Re ‐ dial ” Command

1. Press b / g . For vehicles with anavigation system, say “HandsFree, ” after the tone.

2. After the tone, say “Re ‐ dial. ”

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Receiving a Call

. Press b / g again to return tothe original call.

. To ignore the incoming call, noaction is required.

. Press $ / i to disconnect thecurrent call and switch to the callon hold.

Three ‐ Way CallingThree ‐ way calling must be

d h ll h d

Ending a Call

Press $ / i to end a call.

Muting a CallDuring a call, all sounds from insidethe vehicle can be muted so that theperson on the other end of the call

cannot hear them.To mute a call, press b / g , andthen say “Mute Call. ”

Page 186: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 186/382

When an incoming call is received,the audio system mutes and a ringtone is heard in the vehicle.. Press b / g to answer the call.. Press $ / i to ignore a call.

Call WaitingCall waiting must be supported onthe cell phone and enabled by thewireless service carrier.. Press b / g to answer an

incoming call when another callis active. The original call is

placed on hold.

supported on the cell phone andenabled by the wireless servicecarrier.

1. While on a call, press b / g .

2. Say “Three ‐ way Call. ”

3. Use the dial or call command todial the number of the third partyto be called.

4. Once the call is connected,press b / g to link all callerstogether.

y

To cancel mute, press b / g , andthen say “Un ‐ mute Call. ”

Transferring a Call Audio can be transferred between

the Bluetooth system and the cellphone.

The cell phone must be pairedand connected with the Bluetoothsystem before a call can betransferred. The connection processcan take up to two minutes after theignition is turned to ON/RUN.

Infotainment System 7-33

To Transfer Audio from theBluetooth System to a Cell Phone

During a call with the audio in thevehicle:

1. Press b / g .

2. Say “Transfer Call. ”

To Transfer Audio to the BluetoothSystem from a Cell Phone

During a call with the audio on the

To access contacts stored in thecell phone:

1. Press b / g . For vehicles with anavigation system, say “HandsFree, ” after the tone.

2. Say “Bluetooth. ”

3. Say “Voice. ” The cell phone'snormal prompt messages will gothrough their cycle according tothe phone's operating

Sending a Number or Name TagDuring a Call

1. Press b / g .

2. Say “Dial. ”

3. Say the number or name tagto send.

Clearing the SystemUnless information is deleted out of the in ‐ vehicle Bluetooth system, it

Page 187: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 187/382

cell phone, press b / g . The audiotransfers to the vehicle. If the audiodoes not transfer to the vehicle,use the audio transfer feature on thecell phone. See your cell phonemanufacturer's user guide for moreinformation.Voice Pass-ThruVoice pass ‐ thru allows access to thevoice recognition commands on thecell phone. See your cell phonemanufacturer's user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature.

instructions.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency(DTMF) TonesThe Bluetooth system can sendnumbers and the numbers stored asname tags during a call. You canuse this feature when calling amenu ‐ driven phone system. Account numbers can also bestored for use.

will be retained indefinitely. Thisincludes all saved name tags in thephone book and phone pairinginformation. For information on howto delete this information, see theprevious section “Deleting a Paired

Phone ” and the previous sectionson deleting name tags.

Page 188: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 188/382

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 Automatic Climate Control

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Air Vents Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Maintenance

Climate ControlSystemsThe heating, cooling, defrosting, andventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with these systems.

Vehicles Without Air Conditioning

F. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

G. Rear Window Defogger

H. Defog

I. Defrost

Vehicles With Air Conditioning

Page 189: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 189/382

Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

A. Temperature Control

B. Bi-level Air Mode

C. Floor Air Mode

D. Vent Air Mode

E. Fan Control

A. Temperature Control

B. Bi-level Air Mode

C. Floor Air Mode

D. Vent Air Mode

E. Fan Control

8-2 Climate Controls

F. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

G. Rear Window Defogger

H. Recirculation

I. Defog

J. Air Conditioning

K. Defrost9 (Fan Control): Turn to increaseor decrease the fan speed.

7 (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets.W (Defog): Clears the windows of fog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost): Clears thewindshield of fog or frost more

quickly. Air is directed to thewindshield and side window outlets.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield before

h (Recirculation, If Equipped):Press to turn on the recirculation. An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated inside the vehicle.It helps to quickly cool the air insidethe vehicle or prevent outside air and odors from entering.

Rear Window Defogger 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to turnthe rear window defogger on or off.The rear window defogger turns off

Page 190: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 190/382

Temperature Control: Turn toincrease or decrease thetemperature.

Air Delivery Mode Control: Tochange the current mode, press

one of the following:F (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

* (Bi-level): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets and thefloor outlets.

ice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Air Conditioning

# (Air Conditioning, If Equipped): Press to turn theair conditioning on or off. If thefan is turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing,the air conditioning compressor will not work.

The rear window defogger turns off after about 10 minutes. It can alsobe turned off by turning the ignitionto ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ OFF. If turned on again it runs for about five minutes beforeturning off.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Page 191: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 191/382

8-4 Climate Controls

To place the system in automaticmode do the following:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

English units can be changed tometric units through the Driver Information Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization on

MODE (Air Delivery Mode): Pressto change the direction of theairflow. The current mode appearsin the display screen. Automaticoperation is cancelled and manualmode is initiated. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:Y (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

0 (Defrost): Clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield.

# (Air Conditioning): Press toturn the automatic air conditioningon or off. If the fan is turned off or the outside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioningcompressor will not run.

Press AUTO to return to automatic

Page 192: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 192/382

page 5 ‑ 33 .

Manual OperationO (Power): Press to turn theclimate control system on or off.

Fan Control: Turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease the fan speed.The selected fan speed is indicatedby a number on the display screen.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

\ (Bi-level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.C (Tri ‐ Level): Air is dividedbetween the windshield,

instrument panel, and floor outlets.[ (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

- (Defog): Clears the windows of fog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and floor outlets.

operation and the air conditioner runs as needed. When the indicator light is on, the air conditioner runsautomatically to cool the air insidethe vehicle or to dry the air neededto defog the windshield faster.

h (Recirculation): Press to turnon recirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated toquickly cool the inside of the vehicleor prevent outside air and odorsfrom entering.

Page 193: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 193/382

8-6 Climate Controls

For vehicles with heated outsiderearview mirrors, they turn on whenthe rear window defogger button ison and help to clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirrors. SeeHeated Mirrors on page 2 ‑ 13 .Notice: Do not try to clear frostor other material from the insideof the front windshield and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp. Thismay damage the rear window

The system will default to a heatingor cooling mode depending on theoutside temperature and then goback to the previous settings. SeeRemote Vehicle Start on page 2 ‑ 5 .

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

SensorsThe solar sensor, located on top of the instrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

Air Vents Adjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

Page 194: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 194/382

y gdefogger grid and affect your radio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs wouldn't becovered by your warranty.

Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press

to turn the heated seats on or off.See Heated Front Seats on page 3 ‑ 7 .

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation: For vehicles with theremote vehicle start feature, theclimate control system may runwhen the vehicle is started remotely.

windshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control systemuses the sensor information toadjust the temperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Move the slats (A) to change thedirection of the airflow.

Climate Controls 8-7

Use the thumbwheels (B) near theair vents to open or close off theairflow. Additional air vents are locatedbeneath the windshield, driver and

g id d i d d

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non ‐GM approved hood

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir Filter The filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 ‑ 2

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter

Page 195: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 195/382

passenger side door windows, andin the footwells. These are fixed andcannot be adjusted.

deflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

replacement of the filter.

8-8 Climate Controls

2 NOTES

Page 196: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 196/382

Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDefensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Off-Road Recovery ............ 9-5L f C t l 9 6

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-25Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

Object Detection SystemsUltrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-37

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-39Gasoline Specifications (U.S.

and Canada Only) .......... 9-40California Fuel

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-40Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42

Page 197: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 197/382

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Driving on Wet Roads .. . . . . . . . 9-7Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11Vehicle Load Limits .. . . . . . . . . 9-11

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-16Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Shifting Into Park (Automatic

Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-28

Brakes Antilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control

System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32StabiliTrak ® System . . . . . . . . . 9-33

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35

gFilling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43

TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44Driving Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44Trailer Towing (Except Fuel

Economy Model) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy

Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49

Conversions and Add-Ons Add-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

9-2 Driving and Operating

Driving Information

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected. ” The firststep in driving defensively is to wear the safety belt. See Safety Belts on

page 3 ‑ 10 .

{ WARNING

Assume that other road users

WARNING (Continued)

Driver distraction can causecollisions resulting in injury or possible death. These simpledefensive driving techniquescould save your life.

Drunk Driving

{ WARNING

Death and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

Alcohol affects four things thatanyone needs to drive a vehicle: judgment, muscular coordination,vision, and attentiveness.

Police records show thatalmost 40 percent of all motor vehicle-related deaths involvealcohol. In most cases, thesedeaths are the result of someone

Page 198: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 198/382

Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be carelessand make mistakes. Anticipatewhat they might do and be ready.In addition:

. Allow enough followingdistance between you andthe driver in front of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.(Continued)

WARNING

Drinking and then driving isvery dangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even

a small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive after drinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driver who will not drink.

who was drinking and driving.In recent years, more than17,000 annual motor vehicle-relateddeaths have been associated withthe use of alcohol, with about

250,000 people injured.For persons under 21, it is againstthe law in every U.S. state to drinkalcohol. There are good medical,psychological, and developmentalreasons for these laws.

The obvious way to eliminate theleading highway safety problem isfor people never to drink alcoholand then drive.

Driving and Operating 9-3

Medical research shows thatalcohol in a person's system canmake crash injuries worse,especially injuries to the brain,spinal cord, or heart. This meansthat when anyone who has beendrinking — driver or passenger — isin a crash, that person's chance of being killed or permanently disabledis higher than if the person had notbeen drinking.

Control of a Vehicle

BrakingSee Brake System Warning Light on page 5 ‑ 16 .

Braking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Decidingto push the brake pedal isperception time. Actually doing

it is reaction time. Average reaction time is aboutthree ‐ fourths of a second. But thatis only an average. It might be less

And, of course, actual stoppingdistances vary greatly with thesurface of the road, whether it ispavement or gravel; the conditionof the road, whether it is wet, dry,or icy; tire tread; the condition of thebrakes; the weight of the vehicle;and the amount of brake forceapplied.

Avoid needless heavybraking. Some people drive inspurts — heavy accelerationf ll d b h b ki th

Page 199: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 199/382

Control of a VehicleThe following three systemshelp to control the vehicle whiledriving — brakes, steering, andaccelerator. At times, as when

driving on snow or ice, it is easy toask more of those control systemsthan the tires and road can provide.Meaning, you can lose control of thevehicle.

Adding non ‐ dealer accessories canaffect vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10 ‑ 3 .

with one driver and as long as twoor three seconds or more withanother. Age, physical condition,alertness, coordination, andeyesight all play a part. So do

alcohol, drugs, and frustration.But even in three ‐ fourths of asecond, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft). That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, sokeeping enough space betweenthe vehicle and others is important.

followed by heavy braking — rather than keeping pace with traffic. Thisis a mistake. The brakes might nothave time to cool between hardstops. The brakes will wear outmuch faster with a lot of heavybraking. Keeping pace with thetraffic and allowing realisticfollowing distances eliminates alot of unnecessary braking. Thatmeans better braking and longer brake life.

9-4 Driving and Operating

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. If the brakes are pumped,the pedal could get harder to pushdown. If the engine stops, there willstill be some power brake assist butit will be used when the brake isapplied. Once the power assist isused up, it can take longer to stopand the brake pedal will be harder to push.

Adding non ‐ dealer accessories can

If you turn the steering wheel ineither direction several times untilit stops, or hold the steering wheelin the stopped position for anextended amount of time, you maynotice a reduced amount of power steering assist. The normal amountof power steering assist shouldreturn shortly after a few normalsteering movements.

The electric power steeringsystem does not require regular maintenance If you suspect

If there is a need to reduce speed,do it before entering the curve, whilethe front wheels are straight.

Try to adjust the speed so you candrive through the curve. Maintain areasonable, steady speed. Wait toaccelerate until out of the curve, andthen accelerate gently into the

straightaway.Steering in EmergenciesThere are times when steering canb ff ti th b ki F

Page 200: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 200/382

Adding non dealer accessories canaffect vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10 ‑ 3 .

SteeringIf the engine stalls while driving, thepower steering assist system willcontinue to operate until you areable to stop the vehicle. If power steering assist is lost because theelectric power steering system isnot functioning, the vehicle can besteered but it will take more effort.

maintenance. If you suspectsteering system problems, suchas abnormally high steering effortfor a prolonged period of time,contact your dealer for servicerepairs.

Steering TipsIt is important to take curves at areasonable speed.

Traction in a curve depends on thecondition of the tires and the roadsurface, the angle at which thecurve is banked, and vehicle speed.While in a curve, speed is the onefactor that can be controlled.

be more effective than braking. For example, you come over a hill andfind a truck stopped in your lane,or a car suddenly pulls out fromnowhere, or a child darts out frombetween parked cars and stops rightin front of you. These problems canbe avoided by braking — if you canstop in time. But sometimes youcannot stop in time because thereis no room. That is the time for evasive action — steering aroundthe problem.

Page 201: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 201/382

9-6 Driving and Operating

Loss of ControlLet us review what driving expertssay about what happens when thethree control systems — brakes,steering, and acceleration — do nothave enough friction where the tiresmeet the road to do what the driver has asked.

In any emergency, do not give up.Keep trying to steer and constantlyseek an escape route or area of less danger.

The three types of skids correspondto the vehicle's three controlsystems. In the braking skid, thewheels are not rolling. In thesteering or cornering skid, too muchspeed or steering in a curve causestires to slip and lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, toomuch throttle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

If the vehicle starts to slide, easeyour foot off the accelerator pedaland quickly steer the way you

While driving on a surface withreduced traction, try to avoidsudden steering, acceleration,or braking, including reducingvehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes couldcause the tires to slide. You mightnot realize the surface is slipperyuntil the vehicle is skidding. Learn torecognize warning clues — such asenough water, ice, or packed snowon the road to make a mirroredsurface — and slow down when

Page 202: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 202/382

g

SkiddingIn a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoidmost skids by taking reasonablecare suited to existing conditions,and by not overdriving thoseconditions. But skids are alwayspossible.

and quickly steer the way youwant the vehicle to go. If you startsteering quickly enough, the vehiclemay straighten out. Always be readyfor a second skid if it occurs.

Of course, traction is reduced whenwater, snow, ice, gravel, or other material is on the road. For safety,slow down and adjust your drivingto these conditions. It is importantto slow down on slippery surfacesbecause stopping distance is longer and vehicle control more limited.

you have any doubt.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving and Operating 9-7

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep ‐ standing or flowing water.

{ WARNING

Wet brakes can cause crashes.Th i h k ll i

WARNING (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicle

occupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying todrive through flowing water.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather TipsBesides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.. Pass with caution.. Keep windshield wiping

equipment in good shape.

K th i d hi ld h fl id

Page 203: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 203/382

They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

(Continued)

HydroplaningHydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle's

tires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the roadis wet enough and you are goingfast enough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires on page 10 ‑ 40 .

. Turn off cruise control.

Page 204: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 204/382

Page 205: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 205/382

9-10 Driving and Operating

Blizzard ConditionsBeing stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use the Roadside Assistance Program on page 13 ‑ 6 .To get help and keep everyone inthe vehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.. Tie a red cloth to an outside

mirror.

WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:. Clear away snow from around

the base of your vehicle,especially any that is blockingthe exhaust pipe.

.

Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the side of the

WARNING (Continued)

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9 ‑ 23 .

Snow can trap exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. This can

cause deadly CO (CarbonMonoxide) gas to get inside. COcould overcome you and kill you.You cannot see it or smell it, soyou might not know it is in your

Page 206: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 206/382

{ WARNING

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containsCarbon Monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

(Continued)

(2 in) on the side of thevehicle that is away from thewind to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air inside thevehicle and set the fan speedto the highest setting. SeeClimate Control System in theIndex.

(Continued)

y g yvehicle. Clear away snow fromaround the base of your vehicle,especially any that is blocking theexhaust.

Run the engine for short periodsonly as needed to keep warm, butbe careful.

Driving and Operating 9-11

To save fuel, run the engine for onlyshort periods as needed to warmthe vehicle and then shut the engineoff and close the window most of the way to save heat. Repeat thisuntil help arrives but only when youfeel really uncomfortable from thecold. Moving about to keep warmalso helps.

If it takes some time for help toarrive, now and then when you runthe engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs

{ WARNING

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 55 km/h (35 mph).

For information about using tire

as little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out

Page 207: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 207/382

faster than the idle speed. Thiskeeps the battery charged to restartthe vehicle and to signal for helpwith the headlamps. Do this aslittle as possible to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use the

rocking method.

chains on the vehicle, see TireChains on page 10 ‑ 60 .

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit OutTurn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear, or with a manual transmission,between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) andR (Reverse), spinning the wheels

vehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle on page 10 ‑ 81 .

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo and allnonfactory ‐ installed options.

Page 208: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 208/382

Driving and Operating 9-13

Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit

1. Locate the statement“ The combined weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs ” on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle

the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacityis 650 lbs (1400 − 750(5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6 If your vehicle will be towing

important information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules, andtrailering tips.

Page 209: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 209/382

riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg or

XXX lbs.4. The resulting figure equals

the available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX”

amount equals 1400 lbs andthere will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

See Trailer Towing (Except Fuel Economy Model) on page 9 ‑ 48 or Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy Model) on page 9 ‑ 49 for

Example 1

A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

C. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Page 210: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 210/382

Page 211: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 211/382

Page 212: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 212/382

Page 213: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 213/382

9-18 Driving and Operating

A warning tone sounds when thedriver door is opened if the ignitionis still in ACC/ACCESSORY andthe key is in the ignition.

Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in theproper gear.

Automatic Transmission

Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restart thevehicle when it is already moving

Manual Transmission

The shift lever should be inN (Neutral) and the parking brakeengaged. Hold the clutch pedaldown to the floor and start theengine. The vehicle will not startif the clutch pedal is not all theway down.

Starting Procedure1. With your foot off the accelerator

pedal, turn the ignition key toSTART. When the engine starts,let go of the key. The idle speed

The vehicle has aComputer-Controlled CrankingSystem. This feature assists instarting the engine and protectscomponents. If the ignition key isturned to the START position,and then released when theengine begins cranking, theengine will continue crankingfor a few seconds or until thevehicle starts. If the engine doesnot start and the key is held inSTART for many seconds,cranking stops after 15 seconds

Page 214: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 214/382

vehicle when it is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Notice: Do not try to shift toP (Park) if the vehicle is moving.

If you do, you could damage thetransmission. Shift to P (Park)only when the vehicle is stopped.

let go of the key. The idle speedwill go down as the enginewarms. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it. Allow the oil to warm up andlubricate all moving parts.

to prevent cranking motor damage. To prevent gear damage, this system alsoprevents cranking if the engine

is already running. Enginecranking can be stopped byturning the ignition switch to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.

Driving and Operating 9-19

Notice: Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by returningthe key to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter 5 ‐ 10 seconds, especiallyin very cold weather (below 0°For −18°C), it could be floodedwith too much gasoline. Push

gasoline from the engine. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it. Operate theengine and transmission gentlyuntil the oil warms up andlubricates all moving parts.

Notice: The engine is designedto work with the electronics in

the vehicle. If you add electricalparts or accessories, you couldchange the way the engineoperates. Before adding electricalequipment, check with your dealer. If you do not, the engine

the vehicle. An internal thermostatin the plug-end of the cord willprevent engine heater operation attemperatures above −18°C (0°F).

To Use The Engine Heater 1. Turn off the engine.

Page 215: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 215/382

gthe accelerator pedal all the wayto the floor and holding it thereas you hold the key in STARTfor a maximum of 15 seconds.Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to allowthe cranking motor to cool.When the engine starts, letgo of the key and accelerator.If the vehicle starts briefly butthen stops again, repeat theprocedure. This clears the extra

y , gmight not perform properly. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Engine Heater The engine heater, if available, canhelp in cold weather conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) for easier startingand better fuel economy duringengine warm-up. Plug in the heater at least four hours before starting

1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Similar

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The electricalcord is located on the passenger side of the engine compartment,behind the air cleaner.

Page 216: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 216/382

Driving and Operating 9-21

2. Hold the button on the shift lever and push the lever toward thefront of the vehicle into P (Park).

3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

4. Remove the key.

Leaving the Vehicle With theEngine Running

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.The vehicle could move suddenly

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parkingbrake set.

Release the button and check thatthe shift lever cannot be moved outof P (Park).

Torque LockTorque lock is when the weightof the vehicle puts too muchforce on the parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting the

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped withan electronic shift lock releasesystem. The shift lock release isdesigned to:. Prevent ignition key removal

unless the shift lever is inP (Park) with the shift lever button fully released.

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park) unless theignition is in ON/RUN and thebrake pedal is applied.

Page 217: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 217/382

The vehicle could move suddenlyif the shift lever is not fully inP (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. And, if you leave the

vehicle with the engine running, itcould overheat and even catchfire. You or others could beinjured. Do not leave the vehiclewith the engine running.

p g gtransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park ”

listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

p pp

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than

9 volt) battery.If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting on page 10 ‑ 78

9-22 Driving and Operating

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift lever button.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain

lever can be moved from theP (Park) position. If the battery haslost power, the shift lever cannotbe moved from P (Park) unlessthe shift lock manual release isdisengaged manually.

To access the shift lock manualrelease:

1. Apply the park brake.

3. Insert a tool into the opening asfar as it will go and move the

Page 218: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 218/382

again.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If the shift lever still cannot bemoved from P (Park), see ShiftLock Manual Release.

Shift Lock Manual ReleaseThe automatic transmission has anelectric park lock. The key must bein the ON/RUN position, and thebrake pedal pressed so the shift

2. Open the cover to the right of the shift lever.

gshift lever out of P (Park).If P (Park) is selected again,the shift lever will be lockedagain. Have the cause of theproblem fixed by your dealer.

4. Close the cover.

Driving and Operating 9-23

ParkingIf the vehicle has a manualtransmission, before getting out of the vehicle, move the shift lever intoR (Reverse), and firmly apply theparking brake. Once the shift lever has been placed into R (Reverse)with the clutch pedal pressed in,

turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,remove the key and release theclutch.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on

Engine Exhaust

{ WARNING

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness and

even death.Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snow

WARNING (Continued). There are holes or openings

in the vehicle body fromdamage or after marketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

. Have the vehicle repaired

Page 219: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 219/382

Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9 ‑ 44 .

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ WARNING

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

g g , , pthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells or

sounds strange or different.. The exhaust system leaks

due to corrosion or damage.. The vehicle exhaust system

has been modified, damagedor improperly repaired.

(Continued)

Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh air ventilation.

9-24 Driving and Operating

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running. But if you ever haveto, here are some things to know.

{ WARNING

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains Carbon Monoxide (CO)

hi h b ll d

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to get outof the vehicle if the automatictransmission shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll. Donot leave the vehicle when the

engine is running unless youhave to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move even when

Follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move.If the vehicle has an automatictransmission, see Shifting IntoPark (Automatic Transmission) on page 9 ‑ 20 . If the vehicle has amanual transmission, see Parking on page 9 ‑ 23 .

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9 ‑ 44 .

Page 220: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 220/382

which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see EngineExhaust on page 9 ‑ 23 .

vehicle will not move, even whenit is on fairly level ground, alwaysset the parking brake and movethe automatic transmission shift

lever to P (Park), or the manualtransmission shift lever to Neutral.

Page 221: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 221/382

9-26 Driving and Operating

If you cannot shift out of P (Park),ease pressure on the shift lever,then push the shift lever all the wayinto P (Park) as you maintain brakeapplication. Then press the shiftlever button and move the shift lever into another gear. See Shifting out of Park on page 9 ‑ 21 .

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.

Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)while the vehicle is movingforward could damage thetransmission. The repairs would

N (Neutral) only. Also, useN (Neutral) when the vehicle isbeing towed.

The vehicle has an automaticneutral shift feature which allowsthe transmission to automaticallyshift to N (Neutral) when the vehicleis stopped with a forward gear engaged. The reduced load onthe engine improves vehicle fueleconomy.

{ WARNING

Shifti g i t d i g hil th

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D (Drive): This position is for normal driving. It provides thebest fuel economy. If more power is needed for passing, and thevehicle is:. Going less than 56 km/h

Page 222: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 222/382

not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Shift to R (Reverse) onlyafter the vehicle is stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9 ‑ 11 .

N (Neutral): In this position, theengine does not connect with thewheels. To restart the engine whenthe vehicle is already moving, use

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

(35 mph), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or

more, push the accelerator allthe way down.

Driving and Operating 9-27

Notice: If the vehicle seems toaccelerate slowly or not shiftgears when you go faster, andyou continue to drive the vehiclethat way, you could damage thetransmission. Have the vehicleserviced right away.

Manual ModeDriver Shift Control (DSC)Notice: If you drive the vehicle ata high rpm without upshiftingwhile using Driver Shift Control(DSC) you could damage the

Driver Shift Control (DSC)allows you to shift an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. To use the DSCfeature:

English Shown, Metric Similar

2. Press the shift lever forward (+)

Page 223: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 223/382

(DSC), you could damage thevehicle. Always upshift whennecessary while using DSC.

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) to the left intothe (+) or ( −) manual position.

to upshift or rearward ( −) todownshift. An M and the currentgear will be displayed in the DIC.

While using the DSC feature, thevehicle will have firmer, quicker shifting. You can use this for sportdriving or when climbing or descending hills, to stay in gear longer, or to down shift for morepower or engine braking.

9-28 Driving and Operating

The transmission will only allowyou to shift into gears appropriatefor the vehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high, nor to thenext higher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, the currently selected gear will flash multiple times, indicatingthat the transmission has not shiftedgears.

h l h d h

Manual TransmissionShift Pattern

All ModelsExcept Fuel

Economy Model

Fuel EconomyModel

These are the shift patterns for thesix-speed manual transmissions.

Notice: Do not rest your foot onthe clutch pedal while driving or while stopped. The pressure cancause premature wear in theclutch. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

1 (First): Press the clutch pedalfully to the pedal stop and shift into1 (First). Then slowly let up on theclutch pedal as you press theaccelerator pedal.

If you come to a complete stop andit is hard to shift into 1 (First), putthe shift lever in Neutral and let up

h l h h l h d l

Page 224: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 224/382

While in the DSC mode, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift when the vehicle comesto a stop. This will allow for morepower during take-off.When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,you may want to shift into secondgear. A higher gear allows thevehicle to gain more traction onslippery surfaces.

p

To operate the transmissions:

Notice: Do not rest your hand onthe shift lever while driving. Thepressure could cause prematurewear in the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

on the clutch. Press the clutch pedalback down. Then shift into 1 (First).

2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal

fully to the pedal stop as you let upon the accelerator pedal and shiftinto 2 (Second). Then, slowly let upon the clutch pedal as you press theaccelerator pedal.

Driving and Operating 9-29

3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third),4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) thesame way you do for 2 (Second).Slowly let up on the clutch pedalas you press the accelerator pedal.

For the best fuel economy, use6 (Sixth) gear whenever vehiclespeed and driving conditions allow.

To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brakepedal, and shift to Neutral.

Neutral: Use this position whenyou start or idle the engine. Theshift lever is in Neutral when it iscentered in the shift pattern, not inany gear.

the ring on the shift lever, and shiftinto R (Reverse). Let up on theclutch pedal slowly while pressingthe accelerator pedal.

If the gear does not engage, shiftthe transmission to neutral, releasethe clutch pedal and press it backdown. Repeat the gear selection.

{ WARNING

If you skip a gear when youdownshift, you could lose controlof the vehicle. You could injureyourself or others Do not shift

Page 225: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 225/382

An up-shift light in the instrumentcluster indicates when to shift to the

next higher gear for the best fueleconomy.

During normal driving, upshiftsshould occur between 1,300 and2,500 rpm, and downshifts shouldoccur between 1,500 and1,000 rpm. R (Reverse): To back up, with the

vehicle at a complete stop, pressdown the clutch pedal. Then pull up

yourself or others. Do not shiftdown more than one gear at atime when you downshift.

Notice: Do not skip gearswhile upshifting. This cancause premature wear in thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

9-30 Driving and Operating

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has the AntilockBrake System (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the engine is started and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor or clicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it might

b ti d th t th b k

If driving safely on a wet road andit becomes necessary to slam onthe brakes and continue brakingto avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, faster than any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied the

there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABSDo not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and let

ABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

Page 226: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 226/382

even be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5 ‑ 17 .

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Driving and Operating 9-31

Parking Brake

To apply the parking brake pull up

To release the parking brake:

1. Hold the brake pedal down.

2. Pull the parking brake handle upuntil you can press the releasebutton.

3. Hold the release button in asyou move the brake handle allthe way down.

Notice: Driving with the parkingbrake on can overheat the brakesystem and cause prematurewear or damage to brake systemparts. Make sure that the parkingbrake is fully released and the

Driving with the parking brakeapplied will cause a warningchime to sound and the RELEASEPARKING BRAKE message toappear in the DIC. The message willremain on until the parking brake isreleased or the vehicle is stopped.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9 ‑ 44 .

Page 227: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 227/382

To apply the parking brake, pull upon the parking brake handle. It isnot necessary to push in on therelease button while applying the

parking brake. If the ignition is in theON/RUN position, the brake systemwarning light will come on. SeeBrake System Warning Light on page 5 ‑ 16 .

brake is fully released and thebrake warning light is off beforedriving.

9-32 Driving and Operating

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist the driver in stopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement

the power brake system under conditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brake

Ride Control Systems

Traction ControlSystem (TCS)The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) that limits wheel spin.On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, thesystem operates if it senses thatone or both of the front wheels arespinning or beginning to losetraction. When this happens, thesystem brakes the spinningwheel(s), and/or reduces enginepower to limit wheel spin.

TCS/StabiliTrak Lightd flashes to indicate that thetraction control system is active.

If there is a problem detectedwith TCS, SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL and SERVICESTABILITRAK may be displayedon the Driver Information Center (DIC) See Vehicle Messages

Page 228: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 228/382

control module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation or pedal movement during this timeis normal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedalas the driving situation dictates.The brake assist feature willautomatically disengage whenthe brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

p p

The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working, but this isnormal.

TCS is on whenever the vehicleis started. To limit wheel spin,especially in slippery roadconditions, the system shouldalways be left on. But, TCS canbe turned off if needed.

(DIC). See Vehicle Messages(Canada Base Level) on page 5 ‑ 26 or Vehicle Messages (CanadaUplevel and United States) on page 5 ‑ 27 . When this message isdisplayed and d comes on andstays on, the vehicle is safe to drivebut the system is not operational.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

Driving and Operating 9-33

If d comes on and stays on, resetthe system by:

1. Stopping the vehicle.

2. Turning the engine off andwaiting 15 seconds.

3. Starting the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on at aspeed above 20 km/h (13 mi/h), seeyour dealer for service.

A chime may also sound when thelight comes on steady.

Notice: Do not repeatedly brakel t h il h TCS i

TCS Off Light

TCS can be turned off by pressing

and releasing g

. When TCS isturned off, i comes on and thesystem will not limit wheel spin.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly. Press and release gagain to turn the system back on.

If cruise control is being used whenTCS activates, cruise control willautomatically disengage. Press thecruise control button to reengagewhen road conditions allow. SeeCruise Control on page 9 ‑ 35 .

Adding non ‐ GM accessories canaffect the vehicle's performance.See Accessories and Modificationson page 10 ‑ 3 for more information.

StabiliTrak ® SystemThe vehicle has a vehicle stabilityenhancement system calledStabiliTrak It is an advanced

Page 229: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 229/382

or accelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle's driveline couldbe damaged.

TCS/StabiliTrak Buttong is located on the console.

It may be necessary to turn thesystem off if the vehicle gets stuckin sand, mud, or snow and rockingthe vehicle is required. See If theVehicle Is Stuck on page 9 ‑ 11 for more information. See also Winter Driving on page 9 ‑ 9 for informationon using TCS when driving in snowyor icy conditions.

StabiliTrak. It is an advancedcomputer controlled system thatassists with directional control of thevehicle in difficult driving conditions.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path, andthe direction the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure at any oneof the vehicle's brakes to help steer the vehicle in the intended direction.

9-34 Driving and Operating

StabiliTrak is on automaticallywhenever the vehicle is started. Toassist with directional control of thevehicle, the system should alwaysbe left on.

TCS/StabiliTrak Light

When the stability control systemactivates, d flashes on theinstrument panel This also occurs

Uplevel and United States) on page 5 ‑ 27 . When this message isdisplayed and/or d comes on andstays on, the vehicle is safe to drivebut the system is not operational.Driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

If d comes on and stays on, reset

the system by:1. Stopping the vehicle.

2. Turning the engine off andwaiting 15 seconds.

3. Starting the engine.

StabiliTrak Off Light

TCS Off Light

StabiliTrak can be turned off if needed by pressing andholding g until g and i comeon the instrument panel. WhenStabiliTrak is turned off, thesystem will not assist withdi i l l f h hi l

Page 230: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 230/382

instrument panel. This also occurswhen traction control is activated. A noise may be heard or vibrationmay be felt in the brake pedal. Thisis normal. Continue to steer thevehicle in the intended direction.

If there is a problem detectedwith StabiliTrak, SERVICESTABILITRAK is displayed on theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Vehicle Messages (CanadaBase Level) on page 5 ‑ 26 or Vehicle Messages (Canada

If d still comes on and stays on at aspeed above 20 km/h (13 mi/h), seeyour dealer for service.

TCS/StabiliTrak Buttong is located on the console.

directional control of the vehicleor limit wheel spin. Driving shouldbe adjusted accordingly. Press

and release g again to turn thesystem back on.

If cruise control is being usedwhen StabiliTrak activates, cruisecontrol will automatically disengage.Press the cruise control button toreengage when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control on page 9 ‑ 35 for more information.

Page 231: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 231/382

9-36 Driving and Operating

Setting Cruise ControlIf the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control switch off when cruiseis not being used.

1. Press 5 .

2. Get to the speed desired.

3. Move the thumbwheel down andrelease it.

4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Resuming a Set Speed

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated,. Move the thumbwheel up toward

RES/+ and hold it until thedesired speed is reached, andthen release it.

. To increase the speed in smallamounts, move the thumbwheelup toward RES/+ briefly andthen release it. Each time this isdone, the vehicle goes about1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To slow down in small amounts,move the thumbwheel towardSET/ − briefly. Each time this isdone, the vehicle goes about1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle slows down to the previousset cruise control speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control works

Page 232: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 232/382

g p

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakes

or clutch for manual transmissionsare applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, movethe thumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly. The vehicle returns to thespeed selected previously andstays there.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated,. Move the thumbwheel toward

SET/ − and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

on hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills,

you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to maintain thevehicle speed. When the brakes areapplied, the cruise control isdisengaged.

Page 233: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 233/382

9-38 Driving and Operating

How the System WorksURPA comes on automaticallywhen the shift lever is moved intoR (Reverse).

A single tone sounds to indicate thesystem is working.

URPA operates only at speeds lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

An obstacle is indicated by audiblebeeps. The interval between thebeeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.When the distance is less than30 cm (12 in) the beeps are

To be detected, objects must be atleast 20 cm (8 in) off the ground andbelow trunk level. Objects must alsobe within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear bumper. The distance objects canbe detected may be less duringwarmer or humid weather.

PARK ASSIST OFF may display onthe Driver Information Center (DIC)to indicate that URPA is off. Themessage disappears after a shortperiod of time.

Turning the System On and Off The URPA system can be turnedon and off through the vehicle

When the System Does NotSeem to Work ProperlyIf the URPA system does notactivate due to a temporarycondition, the message PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the DIC.See Object Detection SystemMessages on page 5 ‑ 30 for moreinformation. This can occur under the following conditions:. The driver has disabled the

system.. The ultrasonic sensors are not

clean. Keep the vehicle's rear bumper free of mud dirt snow

Page 234: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 234/382

continuous. on and off through the vehiclepersonalization menu on theinfotainment system. See Vehicle

Personalization on page 5 ‑ 33 for more information.

bumper free of mud, dirt, snow,ice, and slush. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Care

on page 10 ‑ 83 .

Driving and Operating 9-39

.

An object was hanging out of thetrunk during the last drive cycle.Once the object is removed,URPA will return to normaloperation.

. The vehicle's bumper isdamaged. Take the vehicle toyour dealer to repair the system.

. Other conditions may affectsystem performance, such asvibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes ona very large truck.

FuelUse of the recommended fuelis an important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle. To helpkeep the engine clean and maintainoptimum vehicle performance, werecommend the use of gasolineadvertised as TOP TIER Detergent

Gasoline.Look for the TOP TIER label on thefuel pump to ensure gasoline meetsenhanced detergency standardsdeveloped by auto companies. A listof marketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be found at

Recommended FuelUse regular unleaded gasoline witha posted octane rating of 87 or

Page 235: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 235/382

Detergent Gasoline can be found atwww.toptiergas.com.

a posted octane rating of 87 or higher. If the octane rating is lessthan 87, an audible knocking noise,

commonly referred to as sparkknock, might be heard when driving.If this occurs, use a gasoline ratedat 87 octane or higher as soon aspossible. If heavy knocking is heardwhen using gasoline rated at87 octane or higher, the engineneeds service.

9-40 Driving and Operating

Gasoline Specifications(U.S. and Canada Only) At a minimum, gasoline shouldmeet ASTM specificationD 4814 in the United Statesor CAN/CGSB ‐ 3.5 or 3.511 inCanada. Some gasolines containan octane-enhancing additive

called methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT).We recommend against the useof gasolines containing MMT.See Fuel Additives on page 9 ‑ 40 for additional information.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available in

states adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and the

Fuels in ForeignCountriesNever use leaded gasoline or anyother fuel not recommended in theprevious text on fuel. Costly repairscaused by use of improper fuelwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

To check the fuel availability, ask anauto club, or contact a major oilcompany that does business in thecountry where you will be driving.

Fuel Additives

Page 236: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 236/382

vehicle might fail a smog ‐ check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5 ‑ 13 . If this occurs, return toyour authorized dealer for diagnosis.If it is determined that the conditionis caused by the type of fuel used,repairs might not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

To provide cleaner air, all gasolinesin the United States are nowrequired to contain additives thathelp prevent engine and fuel systemdeposits from forming, allowing theemission control system to workproperly. In most cases, nothingshould have to be added to the fuel.

Driving and Operating 9-41

However, some gasolines containonly the minimum amount of additive required to meet U.S.Environmental Protection Agencyregulations. To help keep fuelinjectors and intake valves cleanand avoid problems due to dirtyinjectors or valves, look for gasolinethat is advertised as TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline. Look for theTOP TIER label on the fuel pump toensure gasoline meets enhanceddetergency standards developedby the auto companies. A list of marketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be found

i

For customers who do not useTOP TIER Detergent Gasolineregularly, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment PLUS, added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help clean depositsfrom fuel injectors and intakevalves. GM Fuel System TreatmentPLUS is the only gasoline additive

recommended by General Motors.It is available at your dealer.

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol, andreformulated gasolines might beavailable in your area. Werecommend that you use these

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered under thevehicle warranty.

Some gasolines thatare not reformulated for lowemissions can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendantwhere you buy gasoline whether the

Page 237: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 237/382

at www.toptiergas.com.y

gasolines, if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than10% ethanol must not be used invehicles that were not designed for those fuels.

y y gfuel contains MMT. We recommendagainst the use of such gasolines.Fuels containing MMT can reducespark plug life and affect emissioncontrol system performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp mightturn on. If this occurs, return to your dealer for service.

9-42 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank

{ WARNING

Fuel vapor burns violently and afuel fire can cause bad injuries.To help avoid injuries to you andothers, read and follow all theinstructions on the fuel pumpisland. Turn off the engine whenrefueling. Do not smoke near fuelor when refueling the vehicle. Donot use cellular phones. Keepsparks, flames, and smokingmaterials away from fuel. Do notlea e the f el p mp nattended

The tethered fuel cap is behind thefuel door on the vehicle's passenger side. To open the fuel door, push therearward center edge in and release

If the cap is not properly installed,the Malfunction Indicator Lamp willcome on. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5 ‑ 13 for more

Page 238: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 238/382

leave the fuel pump unattendedwhen refueling the vehicle. This isagainst the law in some places.Do not re-enter the vehicle whilepumping fuel. Keep children awayfrom the fuel pump; never letchildren pump fuel.

rearward center edge in and releaseand the door will open. Turn the fuelcap counterclockwise to remove. Do

not release the cap too soon or itwill spring back. Reinstall the cap byturning it clockwise until it clicks.

Lamp on page 5 13 for moreinformation.

{ WARNINGFuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap tooquickly. If you spill fuel and thensomething ignites it, you could bebadly burned. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearly full,

(Continued)

Driving and Operating 9-43

WARNING (Continued)

and is more likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowly and waitfor any hiss noise to stop. Thenunscrew the cap all the way.

Do not top off or overfill the tank.

Wait a few seconds before removingthe nozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care on page 10 ‑ 83 .

{ WARNING

Notice: If a new fuel cap isneeded, be sure to get the righttype of cap from your dealer.The wrong type of fuel cap mightnot fit properly, might cause themalfunction indicator lamp tolight, and could damage the fueltank and emissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp on

page 5 ‑

13 .Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ WARNING

WARNING (Continued)

and the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury to youand others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle in contactwith the inside of the fill

Page 239: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 239/382

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuelby shutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static

electricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burned

(Continued)

opening before operating thenozzle. Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Do not use a cellular phonewhile pumping fuel.

9-44 Driving and Operating

TowingGeneral TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment thathas been designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer.See the following trailer towinginformation in this section:. For information on driving while

towing a trailer, see “DrivingCharacteristics and

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on page 10 ‑ 81 . For information ontowing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing on page 10 ‑ 81 .

Driving Characteristics

and Towing Tips{ WARNING

The driver can lose control whenpulling a trailer if the correctequipment is not used or the

WARNING (Continued)

Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

The vehicle can tow a trailer if it isequipped with the proper trailer towing equipment. To identify thetrailering capacity of the vehicle,see Trailer Towing (Except Fuel Economy Model) on page 9 ‑ 48 or Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy

Page 240: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 240/382

Towing Tips. ”

. For maximum vehicle and trailer

weights, see “

Trailer Towing.”

. For information on equipmentto tow a trailer, see “TowingEquipment. ”

equ p e t s ot used o t evehicle is not driven properly.For example, if the trailer is too

heavy, the brakes may not workwell — or even at all. The driver and passengers could beseriously injured. The vehiclemay also be damaged; theresulting repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

(Continued)

g ( yModel) on page 9 ‑ 49 . Traileringchanges handling, acceleration,

braking, durability, and fueleconomy. With the added weight,the engine, transmission, wheelassemblies, and tires are forced towork harder and under greater loads. The trailer also adds windresistance, increasing the pullingrequirements. For safe trailering,correctly use the proper traileringequipment.

Driving and Operating 9-45

The following information hasimportant trailering tips and rulesfor your safety and that of your passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

Pulling a Trailer Here are some important points:. There are many laws, including

speed limit restrictions that applyto trailering. Check for legalrequirements with state or provincial police.

. Do not tow a trailer at all duringthe first 1 600 km (1,000 miles)the new vehicle is driven The

.

Vehicles with automatictransmissions can tow inD (Drive) but M (Manual Mode)is recommended. See Manual Mode on page 9 ‑ 27 for moreinformation. Use a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often.For vehicles with a manualtransmission, it is better not touse the highest gear.

. Use the cruise control whentowing.

. Obey speed limit restrictions.Do not drive faster than themaximum posted speed for trailers, or no more than 90 km/h

Check all trailer hitch partsand attachments, safety chains,electrical connectors, lamps, tires,and mirror adjustments. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the vehicleand trailer moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes are working.

During the trip, check regularly to be

sure that the load is secure, and thelamps and trailer brakes are workingproperly.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystemWhen towing, the sound of the

Page 241: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 241/382

the new vehicle is driven. Theengine or other parts could bedamaged.

. During the first 800 km(500 miles) that a trailer istowed, do not drive over 80 km/h(50 mph) and do not make startsat full throttle. This reduces wear on the vehicle.

(55 mph), to reduce wear on thevehicle.

Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires experience.Get familiar with handling andbraking with the added trailer weight. The vehicle is now longer and not as responsive as thevehicle is by itself.

stability control system might beheard. The system is reacting to the

vehicle movement caused by thetrailer, which mainly occurs duringcornering. This is normal whentowing heavier trailers.

9-46 Driving and Operating

Following DistanceStay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid situationsthat require heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Because therig is longer, it is necessary to gomuch farther beyond the passedvehicle before returning to the lane.

Backing Up

Making TurnsNotice: Making very sharp turnswhile trailering could cause thetrailer to come in contact with thevehicle. The vehicle could bedamaged. Avoid making verysharp turns while trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do thisso the trailer won't strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, treesor other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal wellin advance.

Turn Signals When Towing a

When towing a trailer, the arrows onthe instrument panel flash for turnseven if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. For this reason you maythink other drivers are seeing thesignal when they are not. It isimportant to check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.

Driving On GradesReduce speed and shift to alower gear before starting down along or steep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down,the brakes might have to be usedso much that they would get hot

Page 242: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 242/382

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. Then, to move

the trailer to the left, move that handto the left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Trailer The arrows on the instrument panelflash whenever signaling a turn or lane change. Properly hooked up,the trailer lamps also flash, tellingother drivers the vehicle is turning,changing lanes, or stopping.

so much that they would get hotand no longer work well.

Vehicles with an automatictransmission can tow inD (Drive) but M (Manual Mode)is recommended. Shift thetransmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too oftenunder heavy loads and/or hillyconditions. For vehicles with amanual transmission, it is better not to use the highest gear.

Driving and Operating 9-47

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, consider thefollowing: Engine coolant will boil ata lower temperature than at normalaltitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle may show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run while parked,preferably on level ground, with theautomatic transmission in P (Park)for a few minutes before turning theengine off. For vehicles with manualtransmissions, let the engine runwhile parked, preferably on levelground, with the transmission out of

Parking on Hills

{ WARNING

Parking the vehicle on a hillwith the trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and both

the vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but dot hift i t P (P k) t f

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the brake pedaluntil the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park) for vehicles with anautomatic transmission or intogear for vehicles with a manualtransmission.

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill1. Apply and hold the brake pedal

while you:. Start the engine,

Page 243: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 243/382

g ,gear and the parking brake applied,for a few minutes before turning the

engine off. If the overheat warningcomes on, see Engine Overheating on page 10 ‑ 20 .

not shift into P (Park) yet for vehicles with an automatictransmission, or into gear for vehicles with a manualtransmission. Turn the wheelsinto the curb if facing downhillor into traffic if facing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

. Shift into a gear, and

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

9-48 Driving and Operating

Maintenance When Trailer TowingThe vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. See thismanual's Maintenance Schedule or Index for more information. Thingsthat are especially important intrailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system,and brake system. It is a good ideato inspect these before and duringthe trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

E i C li Wh T il

Trailer Towing (ExceptFuel Economy Model)Before pulling a trailer, there arethree important considerations thathave to do with weight:. The weight of the trailer.. The weight of the trailer tongue..

The total weight on your vehicle's tires.

Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that

See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue ”

later in this section for moreinformation.

Maximum trailer weight iscalculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has allthe required trailering equipment.The weight of additional optionalequipment, passengers and cargo in

the tow vehicle must be subtractedfrom the maximum trailer weight.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice, or write us atour Customer Assistance Offices.See Customer Assistance Officeson page 13 ‑ 3 for more information.

Page 244: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 244/382

Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating on page 10 ‑ 20 .

can be too heavy.

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature andhow much the vehicle is used topull a trailer are all important. It candepend on any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (A) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it, and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.

Driving and Operating 9-49

If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9 ‑ 11for more information.

After loading the trailer, weighthe trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle'sTires

Be sure the vehicle's tires areinflated to the upper limit for coldtires. These numbers can be foundon the Tire-Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 . Make sure not to goover the GVW limit for the vehicle,including the weight of the trailer

Towing EquipmentHitchesUse the correct hitch equipment.See your dealer or a hitch dealer for assistance.. The rear bumper on the vehicle

is not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If thereare, seal the holes when the

Page 245: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 245/382

The trailer tongue (A) should weigh10 ‐ 15 percent of the total loadedtrailer weight (B).

g gtongue.

Trailer Towing (FuelEconomy Model)The vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer.

are, seal the holes when thehitch is removed. If the holesare not sealed, dirt, water, anddeadly carbon monoxide (CO)from the exhaust can get into thevehicle. See Engine Exhaust on page 9 ‑ 23 .

9-50 Driving and Operating

Safety Chains Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongueof the trailer to help prevent thetongue from contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Leave enough slack so the rig canturn. Never allow safety chains to

drag on the ground.Trailer BrakesDoes the trailer have its ownbrakes? Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipmentNotice: Do not add anythingelectrical to the vehicle unlessyou check with your dealer first.Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle and thedamage would not be coveredby the vehicle's warranty. Someadd-on electrical equipment cankeep other components fromworking as they should.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12 ‐ volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3 ‑ 37 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle on page 3 ‑ 38 .

Page 246: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 246/382

maintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilock

brakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If this is done, bothbrake systems will not work well,or at all.

Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information .......... 10-2California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Engine Compartment

Hydraulic Clutch ............ 10-14Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14Cooling System .. . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-20Overheated Engine

ProtectionOperating Mode ........... 10-21

Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-21Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-25 Automatic Transmission Shift

Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Ig iti T i i L k

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement .. . . . . . . . . 10-28Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal and ParkingL a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 2 8

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Sidemarker, Stoplamps,and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-30

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-33Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Electrical SystemElectrical System

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34Fuses and Circuit

Page 247: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 247/382

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-6Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-9

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Manual TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27Wiper Blade

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Windshield Replacement . . . 10-28

Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-42Tire Designations .. . . . . . . . . . 10-44Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47Tire Pressure Monitor

S y s t e m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 4 8Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-54B i N Ti 10 55

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-60Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-77

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78

TowingTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-81Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-81

Appearance Care

General InformationFor service and parts needs,visit your dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:

Page 248: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 248/382

Buying New Tires .. . . . . . . . . . 10-55Different Size Tires and

W h e e l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 5 7Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83

Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-91

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition65 WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotive

li ti h i b

Accessories andModifications Adding non ‐ dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories or modifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle components

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with other systems on the vehicle. Your GMdealer can accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessories.When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories, youwill know that GM-trained andsupported service technicianswill perform the work using genuineGM Accessories. Also, see Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3 ‑ 38 .

Page 249: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 249/382

applications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,

and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate.

g presulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non ‐ GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage for affected parts.

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work

{ WARNING

You can be injured and thevehicle could be damaged if youtry to do service work on a vehiclewithout knowing enough about it.

. Be sure you have sufficientknowledge, experience, theproper replacement parts,and tools before attemptingany vehicle

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Informationon page 13 ‑ 12 .

This vehicle has an airbag system.

Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3 ‑ 37 .

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records on page 11 ‑ 9

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull up on the hood release

Page 250: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 250/382

any vehiclemaintenance task.

.

Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts, and other fasteners. Metric andEnglish fasteners can beeasily confused. If the wrongfasteners are used, partscan later break or fall off.You could be hurt.

Maintenance Records on page 11 9. handle. It is located inside thevehicle to the left of the steeringcolumn.

Vehicle Care 10-5

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand push the secondary hoodrelease handle toward the driver side of the vehicle.

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop from its retainer,located above the radiator.Securely place the hood propinto the slot on the underside

To close the hood:1. Before closing the hood, be

sure all the filler caps are onproperly. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on the hoodprop. Remove the hood propfrom the slot on the underside of the hood and return the prop toits retainer. The prop rod must

click into place when returning itto the retainer to prevent hooddamage.

2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is closedand repeat the process if

Page 251: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 251/382

of the hood.and repeat the process if necessary.

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

Page 252: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 252/382

1.4 L L4 Engine

Page 253: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 253/382

10-8 Vehicle Care

Page 254: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 254/382

1.8 L L4 Engine

Vehicle Care 10-9

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10 ‑ 14 .

B. Engine Oil Dipstick. See“ Checking Engine Oil ” under Engine Oil on page 10 ‑ 9.

C. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System on page 10 ‑ 16 .

D. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See“ When to Add Engine Oil ” under Engine Oil on page 10 ‑ 9.

E. Remote Negative (-) Terminal.See Jump Starting on page 10 ‑ 78 .

F. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.See “Brake Fluid ” under Brakes

I. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting on page 10 ‑ 78 .

J. Engine Compartment FuseBlock on page 10 ‑ 35 .

K. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “ Adding Washer Fluid ” under Washer Fluid on page 10 ‑ 21 .

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engineoil. Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

Checking Engine Oil”

and“ When to Add Engine Oil ” inthis section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10 ‑ 12 .

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil ” in this section.

Checking Engine OilIt is a good idea to check theengine oil level at each fuel fill. Inorder to get an accurate reading,the vehicle must be on level ground.The engine oil dipstick handleis a yellow loop. See Engine

Page 255: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 255/382

See Brake Fluid under Brakeson page 10 ‑ 22 and Hydraulic

Clutch on page 10 ‑ 14 .G. Battery on page 10 ‑ 25

(Under Cover).

H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See Cooling System on page 10 ‑ 16 .

your investment:.

Always use engine oil approvedto the proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil ”

in this section.. Check the engine oil level

regularly and maintainthe proper oil level. See

y p gCompartment Overview on

page 10 ‑ 6 for the location of theengine oil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.

Page 256: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 256/382

Vehicle Care 10-11

Notice: Use only engine oilthat is approved to the dexosspecification or an equivalentengine oil of the appropriateviscosity grade. Engine oilsapproved to the dexosspecification will show thedexos symbol on the container.Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent canresult in engine damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are unsure whether theoil is approved to the dexosspecification, ask your serviceprovider.

Use of Substitute Engine Oils if dexos is unavailable: In the event

Use of oils that do not meet thedexos specification, however, mayresult in reduced performance under certain circumstances.

Viscosity Grade

SAE 5W-30 is the best viscositygrade for the vehicle. Do not useother viscosity oils such asSAE 10W ‐ 30, 10W ‐ 40, or 20W-50.

Page 257: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 257/382

dexos is unavailable: In the eventthat dexos ‐ approved engine oil isnot available at an oil change or for maintaining proper oil level, youmay use substitute engine oildisplaying the API Starburst symboland of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. Cold Temperature Operation:

In an area of extreme cold, wherethe temperature falls below −29°C(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil shouldbe used.

10-12 Vehicle Care

An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold startingfor the engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade,be sure to always select an oil thatmeets the required specification,dexos. See “Specification ” earlier inthis section for more information.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil FlushesDo not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils with the dexosspecification and displaying thedexos certification mark are all thatis needed for good performance andengine protection.

your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

indicated can vary considerably. For the oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON DIC message or Code82 DIC message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages on page 5 ‑ 29 .Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter must

Page 258: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 258/382

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used OilUsed engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay on

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine OilThis vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change is

year. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a year

and, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the proper level.

Vehicle Care 10-13

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife SystemReset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC MENU buttonand thumbwheel, scroll until youreach REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC (oil can symbol

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil is changed.It cannot be reset accurately.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONDIC message or Code 82 DICmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidHow to Check AutomaticTransmission FluidIt is not necessary to check

transmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this shouldbe done at the dealer servicedepartment. Contact the dealer for additional information.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 ‑ 2 , andbe sure to use the fluid listed inRecommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 ‑ 6 .

Manual TransmissionFluidHow to Check ManualTransmission Fluid

Page 259: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 259/382

on the DIC (oil can symbolwith % sign for Canada).

2. Press the SET button to resetthe oil life at 100%. Whenprompted, use the thumbwheelto highlight YES or NO. Pressthe SET/CLEAR button toconfirm.

the transmission fluid level.

A transmission fluid leak is theonly reason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to your dealer service department and haveit repaired as soon as possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure for checking and changing the

It is not necessary to check the

manual transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is theonly reason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to your dealer service department andhave it repaired as soon aspossible. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11 ‑ 6 for theproper fluid to use.

10-14 Vehicle Care

Hydraulic ClutchFor vehicles with a manualtransmission, it is not necessary toregularly check brake/clutch fluidunless there is a leak suspected. Adding fluid will not correct a leak. A fluid loss in this system couldindicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

When to Check and Whatto Use

How to Check and Add FluidVisually check the brake/clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on theside of the reservoir. The brake/ hydraulic clutch fluid system shouldbe closed and sealed.

Do not remove the cap to checkthe fluid level or to top ‐ off the fluidlevel. Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10 ‑ 6 for the location of theengine air cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Inspect the air cleaner/filter at thescheduled maintenance intervalsand replace it at the first oil changeafter each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)interval. See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 ‑ 2 for moreinformation. If you are driving in

dusty/dirty conditions, inspect thefilter at each engine oil change.

How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter To inspect the air cleaner/filter,remove the filter from the vehicleand lightly shake the filter to releaseloose dust and dirt If the filter

Page 260: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 260/382

The brake/hydraulic clutch fluidreservoir cap has this symbol on it.The common brake/clutch fluidreservoir is filled with DOT 3 brakefluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10 ‑ 6 for reservoir location.

engine air cleaner/filter. loose dust and dirt. If the filter remains covered with dirt, a newfilter is required.

Vehicle Care 10-15

To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter:

1.4 L L4 Engine

1.8 L L4 Engine

1. Remove the 6 screws thatsecure the cover on.

2. Lift off the cover.

3 I l h i i

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause youor others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do not

drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Notice: If the air cleaner/filter isoff, dirt can easily get into theengine, which could damage it.Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving.

Page 261: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 261/382

3. Inspect or replace the engine air

cleaner/filter.4. Align the filter correctly.

5. Install the cover by lowering itover the filter and secure withthe 6 screws.

10-16 Vehicle Care

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

1.4 L L4 Engine Shown,

{ WARNING

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is a

Notice: Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL ® can cause prematureengine, heater core, or radiator corrosion. In addition, the enginecoolant could require changingsooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)or 24 months, whichever occursfirst. Any repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use DEX-COOL(silicate-free) coolant in thevehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicleis filled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or

Page 262: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 262/382

1.8 L L4 Engine Similar

A. Engine Cooling Fan(Out of View)

B. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

Do not run the engine if there is a

leak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

y240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever occurs first.The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating on page 10 ‑ 20 .

Vehicle Care 10-17

What to Use{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain water and other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system isset for the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:. Gives freezing protection down

to −37°C ( −34°F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to

129°C (265°F), enginetemperature.. Protects against rust and

corrosion.. Will not damage aluminum parts.. Helps keep the proper engine

temperature.

Never dispose of engine coolantby putting it in the trash, pouringit on the ground, or into sewers,streams, or bodies of water.Have the coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiar with legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This willhelp protect the environment andyour health.

Checking CoolantThe vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank is

Page 263: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 263/382

,water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant

mixture is used, the engine couldoverheat and be badly damaged.The repair cost would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Too much water in the mixturecan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core, and other parts.

boiling, do not do anything else until

it cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at theindicated mark, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the coolingsystem is cool before this is done.See Engine Overheating on page 10 ‑ 20 for more information.

10-18 Vehicle Care

The coolant surge tank is locatedin the engine compartment on thedriver side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview on page 10 ‑ 6 for more information onlocation.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge TankNotice: This vehicle has aspecific coolant fill procedure.Failure to follow this procedurecould cause the engine tooverheat and be severelydamaged.

If no problem is found, check tosee if coolant is visible in thecoolant surge tank. If coolant is

{ WARNING

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. They areunder pressure, and if you turnthe coolant surge tank pressurecap — even a little — they cancome out at high speed. Never

turn the cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andcoolant surge tank pressure capto cool if you ever have to turnthe pressure cap.

{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain water and other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system isset for the proper coolant mixture.

With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could gettoo hot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Page 264: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 264/382

visible but the coolant level is notat the indicated level mark, add a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant atthe coolant surge tank, but be surethe cooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

Notice: In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core and other parts. Use the recommendedcoolant and the proper coolantmixture.

Vehicle Care 10-19

{ WARNING

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

surge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that to stop.This will allow any pressure stillleft to be vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Then keep turning the pressurecap slowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper DEX-COOL coolantmixture to the indicatedlevel mark.

4. With the coolant surge tank

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the proper DEX-COOL coolant mixture tothe coolant surge tank until thelevel reaches the indicatedlevel mark.

5. Then replace the pressure cap.Be sure the pressure cap ishand-tight.

Check the level in the coolantsurge tank when the cooling systemhas cooled down. If the coolant isnot at the proper level, repeatSteps 1 through 3 and reinstall thepressure cap. If the coolant still isnot at the proper level when the

Page 265: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 265/382

1.4 L L4 Engine Shown,1.8 L L4 Engine Similar

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolant

pressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until theupper radiator hose can be feltgetting hot. Watch out for theengine cooling fan.

system cools down again, see your dealer.

10-20 Vehicle Care

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on the vehicleinstrument panel cluster. SeeEngine Coolant Temperature Gaugeon page 5 ‑ 10 .

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program on page 13 ‑ 6 .

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Check to see if the engine cooling

If Steam is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ WARNING

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if you just open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire You or others

If No Steam is Coming fromthe Engine CompartmentIf an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.. Stops after high-speed driving.. Idles for long periods in traffic.. Tows a trailer.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air off.

2 T th h t t th hi h t

Page 266: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 266/382

Check to see if the engine cooling

fan is running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine and have thevehicle serviced.

Notice: Engine damage fromrunning the engine withoutcoolant is not covered by thewarranty.

in it can catch fire. You or others

could be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

2. Turn the heater on to the highest

temperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. In heavy traffic, let the engineidle in N (Neutral) while stopped.If it is safe to do so, pull off theroad, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

Vehicle Care 10-21

If the temperature overheat gaugeis no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normally.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idlethe engine for three minuteswhile parked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down. Also, see “OverheatedEngine Protection Operating Mode ”

Overheated EngineProtectionOperating ModeThis emergency operating modeallows the vehicle to be drivento a safe place in an emergencysituation. If an overheated enginecondition exists, an overheatprotection mode which alternatesfiring groups of cylinders helpsprevent engine damage. In thismode, a significant loss in power and engine performance will benoticed. The temperature gaugewill indicate an overheat conditionexists. Driving extended km (mi)and/or towing a trailer in theoverheat protection mode should

The engine oil will be severelydegraded. Repair the cause of coolant loss, change the oil andreset the oil life system. SeeEngine Oil on page 10 ‑ 9 .

Power Steering FluidThe vehicle is equipped with anelectric power steering system.No fluid or general maintenanceis required.

Washer FluidWhat to UseWhen windshield washer fluidis needed, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions before

Page 267: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 267/382

following. overheat protection mode should

be avoided.Notice: After driving in theoverheated engine protectionoperating mode, to avoid enginedamage, allow the engine to coolbefore attempting any repair.

use. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

10-22 Vehicle Care

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluiduntil the tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview on page 10 ‑ 6 for reservoir location.

Notice. When using concentrated

washer fluid, follow themanufacturer's instructionsfor adding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters fullwhen it is very cold. Thisallows for fluid expansionif freezing occurs, whichcould damage the tank if it is completely full.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

BrakesThis vehicle has front disc brakesand could have rear drum brakes or rear disc brakes.

Disc brake pads have built-in wear

{ WARNING

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Notice: Continuing to drive withworn-out brake pads could resultin costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Page 268: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 268/382

o add g wate .. Do not mix water with

ready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and other parts of the washer system.Also, water does not clean aswell as washer fluid.

p

indicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 12 ‑ 2 .

Vehicle Care 10-23

If the vehicle has rear drum brakes,they do not have wear indicators,but if a rear brake rubbing noise isheard, have the rear brake liningsinspected immediately. Rear brakedrums should be removed andinspected each time the tires areremoved for rotation or changing.Drum brakes have an inspectionhole to inspect lining wear during

scheduled maintenance. When thefront brake pads are replaced, havethe rear brakes inspected, too.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal TravelSee your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height

Brake AdjustmentEvery time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.

Replacing Brake System PartsThe braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced, be sure to getnew, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes mightnot work properly. For example,installing disc brake pads that arewrong for the vehicle can change

Brake Fluid

The brake/clutch master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brakefluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10 ‑ 6 for thelocation of the reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir might go down:. The brake fluid level goes down

Page 269: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 269/382

does not return to normal height,

or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service might berequired.

wrong for the vehicle, can change

the balance between the front andrear brakes — for the worse. Thebraking performance expected canchange in many other ways if thewrong replacement brake parts areinstalled.

The brake fluid level goes down

because of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

10-24 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutchhydraulic system can also causea low fluid level. Have the brake/ clutch hydraulic system fixed,since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will notwork well.

Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake/clutch hydraulicsystem.

{ WARNING

Checking Brake FluidThe brake/clutch fluid can bechecked without taking off the capby looking at the brake/clutch fluidreservoir.

The fluid level should be aboveMIN. If it is not, have the brake/ clutch hydraulic system checked tosee if there is a leak.

After work is done on the brake/ clutch hydraulic system, make surethe level is above MIN but not over the MAX mark.

When the brake/clutch fluid falls to alow level, the brake warning lightcomes on. See Brake SystemWarning Light on page 5 ‑ 16 .

Always clean the brake/clutch fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it. Thishelps keep dirt from entering thereservoir.

{ WARNING

With the wrong kind of fluid in thebrake/clutch hydraulic system, the

brakes might not work well. Thiscould cause a crash. Always usethe proper brake/clutch fluid.

Notice. Using the wrong fluid can

badly damage brake/clutchhydraulic system parts. For

Page 270: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 270/382

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake/clutchhydraulic system.

What to AddUse only new DOT 3 brake fluidfrom a sealed container. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 ‑ 6 .

example, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in the brakehydraulic system candamage brake hydraulicsystem parts so badly thatthey will have to be replaced.Do not let someone put inthe wrong kind of fluid.

Vehicle Care 10-25

. If brake fluid is spilledon the vehicle's paintedsurfaces, the paint finish canbe damaged. Be careful notto spill brake fluid on thevehicle. If you do, wash it off immediately.

BatteryRefer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed.

{ DANGER

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California to

Vehicle Storage

{ WARNING

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting on page 10 ‑ 78 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative ( −) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative ( −) cable from the

Starter Switch Check{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Parking Brake on page 9 ‑ 31 .

Do not use the accelerator

Page 271: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 271/382

known to the State of California to

cause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

g ( )

battery or use a battery tricklecharger.

Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if itstarts.

10-26 Vehicle Care

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift lever inNeutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutch pedalis pushed down all the way tothe floor. If the vehicle startswhen the clutch pedal is notpushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehicle

moves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.S P ki B k

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckWhile parked, and with the parkingbrake set, try to turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF in each shift lever position.. For automatic transmission

vehicles, the ignition should turnto LOCK/OFF only when the

Page 272: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 272/382

See Parking Brake on page 9 ‑ 31 .

Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

shift lever is in P (Park). Theignition key should come outonly in LOCK/OFF.

. For manual transmissionvehicles, the ignition key shouldcome out only in LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Vehicle Care 10-27

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.

Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, set

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shiftto P (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades shouldbe inspected for wear or cracking.See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 ‑ 2 for more information.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removedin different ways. For proper windshield wiper blade length

d t M i t

be covered by your warranty.Do not allow the wiper bladearm to touch the windshield.

To replace the windshield wiper blade:

1. Pull the wiper assembly awayfrom the windshield.

Page 273: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 273/382

y g

the parking brake.. To check the parking brake's

holding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

and type, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11 ‑ 8 .

Notice: Allowing the wiper bladearm to touch the windshield whenno wiper blade is installed coulddamage the windshield. Anydamage that occurs would not

2. Lift up on the plastic latch in themiddle of the wiper blade wherethe wiper arm attaches.

10-28 Vehicle Care

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough to releaseit from the J-hooked end of thewiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

Allowing the wiper blade arm totouch the windshield when nowiper blade is installed could

damage the windshield. Anydamage that occurs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not allow the wiper blade to touch the windshield.

5. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for wiper blade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset atthe factory and should need nofurther adjustment.

However, if the vehicle is damagedin a crash, the headlamp aim maybe affected. Aim adjustment to thelow-beam headlamps may benecessary if oncoming drivers flashtheir high-beam headlamps at you(for vertical aim).

If the headlamps need to bere-aimed, it is recommended thatthe vehicle be taken to a dealer for service.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10 ‑ 33 .

For any bulb ‐ changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Headlamps, Front TurnSignal and ParkingLamps

Page 274: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 274/382

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If you ever have to have the windshieldreplaced be sure to get an acousticwindshield so you will continue tohave the benefits an acousticwindshield can provide. A. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp

B. High ‐ Beam Headlamp/ Low ‐ Beam Headlamp and DRL

Vehicle Care 10-29

High ‐ Beam Headlamp/ Low ‐ Beam Headlamp and DRL1. Open the hood. See Hood on

page 10 ‑ 4.

2. Remove the connector retaining tab (A)

3. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the bulb (C)by pressing the connector release (B) and pullingstraight back.

4. Remove the bulb (C) from theheadlamp assembly by turningcounterclockwise and pullingstraight back.

5. Install the new bulb in theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

6. Install the wiring harnessconnector to the bulb. Be surethe connector release (B) locksinto place.

7. Install the connector retaining tab (A).

Parking/Turn Signal Lamp1. Open the hood. See Hood on

page 10 ‑ 4.

2. Remove the parking/turn signallamp bulb socket from theheadlamp assembly by turning

Page 275: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 275/382

retaining tab (A). headlamp assembly by turningcounterclockwise.

10-30 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the bulb (A) from thebulb socket.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket into theheadlamp assembly by turning

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Sidemarker, Stoplamps,and Back-Up Lamps

Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamps

1. Open the trunk.

2. Remove the trunk deck trimcover (A).

3. Remove the bulb socket (B) byturning counterclockwise andpulling straight out.

Page 276: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 276/382

clockwise.

Vehicle Care 10-31

4. Remove the bulb from thesocket (A).

5. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

6. Install the bulb socket by turningclockwise.

A. Back-up Lamp

B. Stop Lamp/Taillamp

C. Turn Signal Lamp

D. Sidemarker Lamp

To replace any one of these bulbs:

Stoplamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal,Back ‐ up, and Sidemarker Lamp1. Open the trunk.

2. Open the two screw covers.

Page 277: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 277/382

7. Install the trunk deck trim cover.

10-32 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the two screws, whichsecure the taillamp assembly.

4. Remove the taillamp assemblyby pulling it straight back untilthe two posts disengage fromthe grommets.

A. Sidemarker Lamp

B. Turn Signal Lamp

C. Stop Lamp/Taillamp

D. Back-up Lamp

5. Remove the bulb socket fromthe taillamp assembly by turning

Page 278: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 278/382

it counterclockwise.6. Install a new bulb into the bulb

socket.

7. Install the bulb socket into thetaillamp assembly by turning itclockwise.

Vehicle Care 10-33

8. Install the taillamp assembly andtighten the two screws.

9. Close the two screw covers.

License Plate LampTo replace the license platelamp bulb:

2. Turn and pull the license platelamp assembly down.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull thebulb straight out of the socket.

4. Push the new bulb into thesocket

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior Lamp BulbNumber

Back-Up Lamp 921K

Front and Rear Sidemarker Lamp 194

Front Parking/TurnSignal Lamp 7444NA

High Beam/LowBeam and DRLHeadlamp

H13LL

Rear TurnSignal Lamp 7443NA

Stop Lamp/Taillamp 3057K LCP

For replacement bulbs not listed

Page 279: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 279/382

1. Remove the two screws from thelicense plate lamp assembly.

socket.

5. Install the bulb socket by turningclockwise into the license platelamp assembly.

6. Replace the license plate lampassembly by using the twoscrews to secure.

here, contact your dealer.

Page 280: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 280/382

Page 281: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 281/382

10-36 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

4 Canister VentSolenoid

5 Ignition

7 Not Used

8 Fuel Injection

9 Fuel Injection/ Ignition System

10 Engine ControlModule

11 Lambda Sensor

13 Canister VentSolenoid

14 Not Used

15 Rear Wiper

Mini Fuses Usage

20 Fuel Pump

23 Not Used

29 Not Used

30 Antilock BrakeSystem

31 Body ControlModule

32 Body ControlModule

33 Front Seat Heating

34 Sunroof (If Equipped)

35 InfotainmentSystem/Amplifier

Mini Fuses Usage

46 Cooling Fan

47 Lambda Sensor

48 Fog Lights

49 Not Used

50 Not Used

51 Horn

52 Ignition

53 Automatic DimmingRearview Mirror

54 Light Switch/LightControl

55 Mirror Folding

56 Windshield Washer

Page 282: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 282/382

16 Ignition/Air QualitySensor/Aero ‐ Shutter

17 Ignition/Airbag

18 Fuel Control Module

19 Not Used

36 Not Used

37 High BeamRight Side

38 High Beam Left Side

39 Not Used

40 Not Used

57 SteeringColumn Lock

58 Not Used

60 Heated Mirror

61 Heated Mirror

62 Air Conditioning

Vehicle Care 10-37

Mini Fuses Usage

63 Rear WindowSensor

64 Air Quality Sensor

65 Rear Fog Lamp

66 Rear Washer

67 Fuel System ControlModule

68 Not Used

69 Battery VoltageSensor

70 Rain Sensor

71 Not Used

J ‐ Case Usage

J ‐ CaseFuses

Usage

22 Not Used

24 Front Power Windows

25 ElectronicVacuum Pump

26 Antilock Brake

System Pump

27 Electronic KeySystem

28 Rear WindowDefogger

41 Not Used

42 Cooling Fan K2

MicroRelays

Usage

1 A/C Clutch

2 Starter Solenoid

4 Front Wiper Speed

5 Front Wiper On

6 Not Used

10 Cooling Fan K312 Cooling Fan K3

14 Not Used

U‐ MicroRelays

Usage

3 Cooling Fan K7

Page 283: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 283/382

Fuses6 Front Wipers

12 Starter Solenoid

21 Rear Power Windows

43 Not Used44 Not Used

45 Cooling Fan K1

59 Not Used

8 Fuel Pump11 Not Used

10-38 Vehicle Care

HC Relays Usage

9 Cooling Fan K2

13 Cooling Fan K1

Mini Relays Usage

7 Ignition 87 Main

15 Ignition 15

16 Not Used17 Not Used

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block isin the driver side of instrumentpanel. To access the fuses:

Page 284: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 284/382

1. Open the fuse block cover bypulling out at the top.

2. Remove the lower edge of thecover.

3. Remove the cover.

To reinstall the cover, reverse thesteps above.

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Vehicle Care 10-39

Fuses Usage

1InfotainmentSystem/Hands ‐ freePhone

2 Not Used

3 Body ControlModule

4 Infotainment System

5 Information Display/ Parking Assist

6 Cigarette Lighter

7 Power Outlet

8 Body ControlModule

9 Body Control

d l

Fuses Usage

10 Body ControlModule

11 Interior Fan

12 Not Used

13 Power Seat

14 DiagnosticConnector

15 Airbag

16 Central LockingSystem/Tailgate

17 Air ConditioningSystem

18 Not Used

19 Not Used

Fuses Usage

21 Instrument Cluster

22 Ignition/ElectronicKey System

23 Body ControlModule

24 Body ControlModule

25 SteeringColumn Lock

26 Not Used

Relays Usage

1 Trunk Open

2 Logistics Module

l

Page 285: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 285/382

Module 20 Not Used 3 Power Outlet

10-40 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer.See the warranty manual for information regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ WARNING. Poorly maintained and

improperly used tires aredangerous.

l d h

WARNING (Continued). Underinflated tires pose the

same danger as overloadedtires. The resulting crashcould cause serious injury.Check all tires frequently tomaintain the recommendedpressure. Tire pressureshould be checked when

the tires are cold.. Overinflated tires are more

likely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keep tires atthe recommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires can cause acrash. If the tread is badly

l h

WARNING (Continued). Improperly repaired tires

can cause a crash. Only thedealer or an authorized tireservice center should repair,replace, dismount, and mountthe tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 55 km/h (35 mph)on slippery surfaces suchas snow, mud, ice, etc.Excessive spinning maycause the tires to explode.

Winter TiresConsider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving on

i d d i

Page 286: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 286/382

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as a resultof too much flexing. Therecould be a blowout and aserious crash. See VehicleLoad Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 .

(Continued)

worn, replace them.. Replace any tires that have

been damaged by impactswith potholes, curbs, etc.

(Continued)

snow or ice covered roads isexpected. All season tires providegood overall performance on mostsurfaces, but they may not offer the traction or the same level of performance as winter tires onsnow or ice covered roads.

Vehicle Care 10-41

Winter tires, in general, are

designed for increased traction onsnow and ice covered roads. Withwinter tires, there may be decreaseddry road traction, increased roadnoise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling andbraking.

See your dealer for details

regarding winter tire availability andproper tire selection. Also, seeBuying New Tires on page 10 ‑ 55 .

If using snow tires:. Use tires of the same brand and

tread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of the

i l d d

Winter tires with the same speed

rating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If winter tires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has P225/45R18size tires, they are classified aslow ‐ profile tires. These tires aredesigned for very responsivedriving on wet or dry pavement,however, may produce moreroad noise and tend to wear faster.

Notice: Low ‐ profile tires aremore susceptible to damagefrom road hazards or curbimpact than standard profiletires. Tire and/or wheelassembly damage can occur when coming into contactwith road hazards like,potholes, or sharp edgedobjects, or when sliding intoa curb. The warranty does notcover this type of damage.Keep tires set to the correctinflation pressure and, whenpossible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other road hazards.

Page 287: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 287/382

same size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Page 288: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 288/382

Page 289: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 289/382

10-44 Vehicle Care

Tire DesignationsTire Size

The following is an exampleof a typical passenger vehicletire size.

(A) Passenger (P ‐ Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U S Tire

(C) Aspect Ratio : A two ‐ digitnumber that indicates the tireheight ‐ to ‐ width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem C of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(D) Construction Code : A

letter code is used to indicatethe type of ply construction inthe tire. The letter R meansradial ply construction; theletter D means diagonal or bias ply construction; and theletter B means belted ‐ bias plyconstruction.

(E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches

is certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amountof air inside the tire pressingoutward on each square

inch of the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examplesof optional accessories areautomatic transmission, power

steering power brakes powerd d

Page 290: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 290/382

standards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(B) Tire Width : The three ‐ digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

the wheel in inches.

(F) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tire

steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Vehicle Care 10-45

Belt : A rubber coated layer of

cords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the plies are laidat alternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)

or psi (pounds per square inch)

maximum capacity of fuel,

oil, and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A codemolded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tireis in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9 11

GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight

Rating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 .

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.Light Truck (LT ‐ Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire

Page 291: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 291/382

or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressureon page 10 ‑ 47 .

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the

on page 9 ‑ 11 .

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 .

carrying capacity of a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

10-46 Vehicle Care

Maximum Load Rating : The

load rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs). See VehicleLoad Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 .

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire that

model name molding that is

higher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger carsand some light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure on page 10 ‑ 47 and Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 .

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic

tire in which the ply cords thatd h b d l d

Sidewall : The portion of a tire

between the tread and the bead.Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains See

Page 292: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 292/382

side of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or

tire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tireson page 10 ‑ 54 .

Vehicle Care 10-47

UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality

Grading Standards) : A tireinformation system thatprovides consumers withratings for a tire's traction,temperature, and treadwear.Ratings are determinedby tire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading on page 10 ‑ 57 .

Vehicle Capacity Weight :The number of designatedseating positions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle Load

Limits on page 9 ‑11

Vehicle Placard : A label

permanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and theoriginal equipment tire sizeand recommended inflationpressure. See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label ” under VehicleLoad Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 .

Tire PressureTires need the correct amountof air pressure to operateeffectively.

Notice: Neither tireunderinflation nor overinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air

. Premature or

irregular wear.. Poor handling.. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tiresthat have too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on thevehicle indicates the original

equipment tires and the correctcold tire inflation pressures The

Page 293: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 293/382

Limits on page 9 11 .Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

that do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

equipment tires and the correctcold tire inflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity.

Page 294: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 294/382

Vehicle Care 10-49

tire inflation pressure label, you

should determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantlyunder ‐ inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving ona significantly under ‐ inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under ‐ inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stopping

Please note that the TPMS is

not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under ‐ inflation hasnot reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunction

indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start ‐ ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

variety of reasons, including the

installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on thevehicle that prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. Always checkthe TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensurethat the replacement or alternatetires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10 ‑ 50 for additional information.

Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) andIndustry CanadaSee Radio Frequency Statement on page 13 ‑ 16 for informationregarding Part 15 of the Federal

Page 295: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 295/382

vehicle s handling and stoppingability.

gWhen the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system maynot be able to detect or signal lowtire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a

g gCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-210/220/310.

10-50 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor OperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warnthe driver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressurein the tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.

If the warning light comes on, stop

as soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 .

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC) display.The low tire pressure warning light

and the DIC warning message comeon at each ignition cycle until thetires are inflated to the correctinflation pressure. Using the DIC,tire pressure levels can be viewed.For additional information anddetails about the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5 ‑ 23 .

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather when

A Tire and Loading Information

label shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 ‑ 11 , for an exampleof the Tire and Loading Informationlabel and its location. Also see TirePressure on page 10 ‑ 47 .

The TPMS can warn about a

low tire pressure condition butit does not replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspectionon page 10 ‑ 53 , Tire Rotation on page 10 ‑ 53 and Tires on page 10 ‑ 40 .

Notice: Tire sealant materials arenot all the same. A non-approvedtire sealant could damage theTPMS sensors. TPMS sensor damage caused by using an

Page 296: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 296/382

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.

ythe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low and mustbe inflated to the proper pressure.

g y gincorrect tire sealant is notcovered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use only theGM-approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer or included in the vehicle.

Vehicle Care 10-51

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits

use a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10 ‑ 62 for information regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessageThe TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light and

DIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problem

TPMS sensor. The malfunction

light and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensor matching process is performedsuccessfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or

not completed successfullyafter rotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off after successfully completing thesensor matching process.See "TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. The DICmessage and the malfunction

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See Buying New Tires on page 10 ‑ 55 .

. Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signala low tire condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

Page 297: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 297/382

each ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:. One of the road tires has been

replaced with the spare tire.The spare tire does not have a

glight should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

10-52 Vehicle Care

TPMS Sensor Matching

ProcessEach TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor matching process should also beperformed after replacing a spare

tire with a road tire containing theTPMS sensor. The malfunction lightand the DIC message should gooff at the next ignition cycle. Thesensors are matched to the tire/ wheel positions, using a TPMSrelearn tool, in the following order:driver side front tire, passenger sidefront tire, passenger side rear tire,and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a

l l

The TPMS sensor matching

process is:1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN withthe engine off.

3. Use the MENU button to selectthe Vehicle Information menu inthe Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll tothe Tire Pressure menu itemscreen.

5. Press the SET/CLR button tobegin the sensor matchingprocess.

A message requestingacceptance of the processshould display.

6. Press the SET/CLR button again

7. Start with the driver side

front tire.8. Place the relearn tool against

the tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the buttonto activate the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

9. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

10. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

11. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and repeat the procedurein Step 8. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensor

Page 298: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 298/382

relearn tool.

There are two minutes to matchthe first tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match allfour tire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

gto confirm the selection.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays onthe DIC screen.

identification code has beenmatched to the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

Page 299: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 299/382

Page 300: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 300/382

Vehicle Care 10-55

The rubber in tires ages over time.

This also applies for the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple conditionsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. Tires will typically needto be replaced due to wear beforethey may need to be replaceddue to age. Consult the tiremanufacturer for more informationon when tires should be replaced.

Vehicle StorageTires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight to

slow aging. This area should befree of grease, gasoline, or other

Parking for an extended period

can cause flat spots on the tiresthat may result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires or raise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and

matched specific tires for the vehicle. The originalequipment tires installed weredesigned to meet GeneralMotors Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification (TPCSpec) system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCS ti g

GM's exclusive TPC Spec

system considers over adozen critical specifications thatimpact the overall performanceof the vehicle, including brakesystem performance, ride andhandling, traction control,and tire pressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all ‐ season treaddesign, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 10 ‑ 42 for additional information.

GM recommends replacing all

the tires at the same time.Uniform tread depth on all

Page 301: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 301/382

substances that can deterioraterubber.

Spec rating. Uniform tread depth on alltires will help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.

10-56 Vehicle Care

Braking and handling

performance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time. SeeTire Inspection on page 10 ‑ 53 and Tire Rotation on page 10 ‑ 53 for information on proper tirerotation.

{ WARNING

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attempting tomount or dismount a tire couldcause injury or death. Only your dealer or authorized tire servicecenter should mount or dismountthe tires.

{ WARNING

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or other vehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ WARNING

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail

suddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires with

If the vehicle tires must be

replaced with a tire that doesnot have a TPC Spec number,make sure they are the samesize, load range, speed rating,and construction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow ‐ pressure warning if non ‐ TPC Spec rated tires areinstalled. See Tire PressureMonitor System on page 10 ‑ 48 .

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9 ‑ 11 for the labellocation and more information

Page 302: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 302/382

Use only radial ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

location and more informationabout the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Vehicle Care 10-57

Different Size Tires and

WheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, and electronic stabilitycontrol, the performance of thesesystems can also be affected.

{ WARNING

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptable

level of performance and safetyif tires not recommended for

WARNING (Continued)

developed for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed bya GM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires on page 10 ‑ 55 and Accessories and Modifications on page 10 ‑ 3 for additional information.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA

(NHTSA), which grades tires

by treadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter-type snowtires, space-saver, or temporaryuse spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger cars

and light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, they

Page 303: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 303/382

those wheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systems

(Continued)

Temperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration

p g , ymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

10-58 Vehicle Care

All Passenger Car Tires Must

Conform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a

specified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one anda half (1½) times as well on thegovernment course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving

Traction – AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature – A, B, C

tested under controlled

conditions on a specifiedindoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tireis established for a tire thatis properly inflated and noto erloaded E cessi e speed

Page 304: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 304/382

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

The temperature gradesare A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat when

overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Vehicle Care 10-59

Wheel Alignment and Tire

BalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingwill not be necessary on a regular basis. However, check thealignment if there is unusual tirewear or if the vehicle is pulling toone side or the other. If the vehiclevibrates when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels mightneed to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep

Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as theone it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts,wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new

GM original equipment parts.

{ WARNING

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air,

and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correcth l h l b l d h l

Notice: The wrong wheel canalso cause problems withbearing life, brake cooling,speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim,bumper height, vehicle groundclearance, and tire or tire chainclearance to the body andchassis.

See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10 ‑ 60 for more information.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ WARNING

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It could

fail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use a

Page 305: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 305/382

pcoming loose, the wheel, wheelbolts, and wheel nuts should bereplaced. If the wheel leaks air,replace it. Some aluminum wheelscan be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist.

wheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

new GM original equipmentwheel.

10-60 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ WARNING

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicle

parts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss of control and a crash. Use another type of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it for the vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive

slowly and readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thehi l D t i th h l

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blowoutwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. If air goesout of a tire, it is much more likely toleak out slowly. But if there ever is ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction

as used in a skid. Stop pressingthe accelerator pedal and steer to

{ WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on while

severely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

Page 306: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 306/382

vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

straighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

Page 307: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 307/382

10-62 Vehicle Care

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (A).

A. Wheel Block

B. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit{ WARNING

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)

which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see EngineExhaust on page 9 ‑ 23 .

{ WARNING

Overinflating a tire couldcause the tire to rupture andyou or others could be injured.Be sure to read and follow thetire sealant and compressor kitinstructions and inflate the tire toits recommended pressure. Donot exceed the recommended

pressure.

{ WARNING

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehiclecould cause injury. In a suddenstop or collision, loose equipment

Page 308: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 308/382

p q pcould strike someone. Store thetire sealant and compressor kit inits original location.

Page 309: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 309/382

10-64 Vehicle Care

Using the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit toTemporarily Seal and Inflatea Punctured Tire

When using the tire sealantand compressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tire

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 6 ‑ 4.

See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10 ‑ 60 for other importantsafety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit on page 10 ‑ 69 .

Make sure the on/off button (D)is in the off (O) position.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (G)and the power plug (C).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (G)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (C) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.

See Power Outlets on page 5 ‑ 5 .

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor

Page 310: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 310/382

pfaster. Make sure the tire valve stem is

positioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

air compressor.

Page 311: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 311/382

10-66 Vehicle Care

15. If the flat tire was able toinflate to the recommendedinflation pressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (B) and placeit in a highly visible location.Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

16. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

17. Immediately drive the vehicle

8 km (5 miles) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

18. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Refer to Steps 1 through 11 under “ Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire(Not Punctured). ”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram on page 13 ‑ 6 .

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

19. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire or vehicle.

20. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (B) and sealant/air hose (G) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

21. Replace it with a new canister available from your dealer.

22. After temporarily sealing atire using the tire sealantand compressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealer within 161 km (100 miles) of driving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Page 312: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 312/382

Page 313: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 313/382

10-68 Vehicle Care

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (E). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10 ‑ 47 .

The pressure gauge (E) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor is on. Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

12. Press the on/off button (D) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm after

13. Unplug the power plug (C) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Disconnect the air onlyhose (F) from the tire valvestem by lifting the lever.Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the air only hose (F)and the power plug (C) back in

its original location.16. Place the equipment in the

original storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unlock the air only hose (F) fromthe sealant canister (B) bypulling up on the lever.

2. Pull the air only hose (F) fromthe sealant canister (B).

3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (G)from the compressor (A).

Page 314: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 314/382

usage.

Vehicle Care 10-69

4. Turn the sealant canister (B) sothe inflator filling hose is alignedwith the slot in the compressor.

5. Lift the sealant canister (B) fromthe compressor and replace witha new sealant canister. See your dealer for more information.

To install a new sealant canister:

1. Align the sealant/air hose (G)with the slot in the air compressor.

2. Push the sealant canister (B)down and turn it clockwise.

3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (G)around the air compressor channel to stow it in its originallocation.

4. Push the air only hose (F) ontothe sealant canister inlet andpush the lever down.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressor kitis located in the trunk, under the

load floor, behind an access panel.

To remove the kit:

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on page 2 ‑ 8 .

2. Turn the left knobcounterclockwise and the rightknob clockwise, 90 degrees, atthe same time. Then pull theaccess panel rearward and upto remove it.

Page 315: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 315/382

Page 316: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 316/382

Page 317: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 317/382

10-72 Vehicle Care

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise once on eachwheel nut to loosen it. Do notremove them yet.

3. Place the jack near the flat tire.

4. Place the wheel blocks on bothsides of the tire at the opposite

corner of the tire being changed.See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10 ‑ 60 for proper wheelbl k l

5. If this vehicle is the RS model,locate the front or rear jackcover on the rocker moldingnear the tire being changed.

Place your hand behind theedge of the cover on the rocker molding. Pull down and out toremove the cover.

The cover will remain attachedto the molding by a tether.

6. Place the jack under the vehicle.

7. If you have a coin/pierce jack,attach the jack handle extensionto the jack by sliding the hookthrough the end of the jack.

If you have a hex-head jack,attach the jack lift-assist tool byplacing the hex of the jacklift-assist tool over the hex headof the jack.

Notice: Make sure that the jacklift head is in the correct positionor you may damage your vehicle.The repairs would not be coveredby your warranty.

Page 318: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 318/382

block placement.

Page 319: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 319/382

10-74 Vehicle Care

Make sure the jack lift headnotch is placed in the flangenotch.

Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clear theground.

10. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

11. Remove the flat tire.

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel remove any

WARNING (Continued)

an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

12. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces and spare wheel

Page 320: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 320/382

changing a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. In

(Continued)

surfaces, and spare wheel.

13. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

Page 321: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 321/382

Page 322: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 322/382

Page 323: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 323/382

10-78 Vehicle Care

Jump StartingFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery on page 10 ‑ 25 .

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ WARNING

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

.

They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these steps

Notice: Ignoring these stepscould result in costly damage tothe vehicle that would not becovered by the warranty.

Trying to start the vehicle bypushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

The jump start positive post (B) islocated in the engine compartment

h d d f h h l

Connect to a spot as far awayfrom the discharged battery aspossible.These locations are used instead of a direct connection to the battery.

The positive jump start connectionis under a trim cover. Open thecover door to expose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with a

negative ground system.Notice: Only use a vehiclethat has a 12-volt systemwith a negative ground for jumpstarting. If the other vehicle doesnot have a 12-volt system with anegative ground, both vehiclescan be damaged.

2. Position the two vehicles so thatthey are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmly andput the shift lever in P (Park)

Page 324: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 324/382

exactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

on the driver side of the vehicle.

The jump start negative groundingpoint (D) is the engine blockor an engine mounting bolt.

put the shift lever in P (Park)with an automatic transmission,or neutral with a manualtransmission. See Shifting IntoPark (Automatic Transmission)

Vehicle Care 10-79

on page 9 ‑ 20 with an automatictransmission, or Parking on page 9 ‑ 23 with a manualtransmission.

Notice: If the radio or other accessories are left on during the jump starting procedure, theycould be damaged. The repairswould not be covered by thewarranty. Always turn off theradio and other accessories when

jump starting the vehicle.4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Turn off all lights andaccessories in both vehicles,except the hazard warningflashers if needed.

{ WARNING

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,l hi d l f

{ WARNING

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Be sure the battery has enoughwater. You do not need to add

water to the battery installed inyour new vehicle. But if a batteryhas filler caps, be sure the rightamount of fluid is there. If it is low,add water to take care of thatfirst. If you don't, explosive gascould be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and get

{ WARNING

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the jumpstart positive (+) post (B).

Page 325: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 325/382

clothing and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

p gmedical help immediately. 6. Connect the other end of

the red positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery (A).

10-80 Vehicle Care

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative ( – ) cable to the

negative ( – ) terminal of thegood battery (C).

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative ( – ) cable to thenegative ( – ) grounding point (D).

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle thathad the dead battery. If it willnot start after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Notice: If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage the

vehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct

Jumper Cable Removal

A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal EnginePart or Remote Negative ( – )Terminal

B. Good Battery or RemotePositive (+) and RemoteNegative ( – ) Terminals

C. Dead Battery or RemotePositive (+) Terminal

To disconnect the jumper cablesfrom both vehicles:

1. Disconnect the blacknegative ( −) cable from thevehicle that had the deadbattery.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative ( −) cable from thevehicle with the good battery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)

cable from the vehicle with thegood battery.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)cable from the other vehicle.

5. Return the covers over thepositive (+) and negative ( – )terminals to their originalpositions.

Page 326: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 326/382

jumper cables in the correctorder, making sure that thecables do not touch each other or other metal.

Vehicle Care 10-81

Towing

Towing the VehicleNotice: To avoid damage, thedisabled vehicle should betowed with all four wheels off theground. Care must be taken withvehicles that have low groundclearance and/or specialequipment. Always flatbed

on a car carrier.Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.See Roadside Assistance Programon page 13 ‑ 6 .

To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motorhome, see“

Recreational Vehicle Towing”

in thissection.

Recreational Vehicle

TowingRecreational vehicle towing refers totowing the vehicle behind another vehicle – such as behind a motor home. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:. The towing capacity of the

towing vehicle. Be sure to read

the tow vehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.. How far will the vehicle be

d h l h

. Does the vehicle have theproper towing equipment.

See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additionaladvice and equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to be towed.Just as preparing the vehiclefor a long trip, make sure thevehicle is prepared to be towed.

Dinghy TowingWhen dinghy towing a vehiclewith an automatic transmission,the vehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubricationof transmission components.

Page 327: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 327/382

towed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

10-82 Vehicle Care

To dinghy tow the vehicle from thefront with all four wheels on theground:

1. Position the vehicle to tow andthen secure it to the towingvehicle.

2. Shift the automatic transmissionto P (Park) or a manualtransmission into first gear andturn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. To prevent the battery fromdraining while the vehicle is

being towed, remove fuse 22from the instrument panel fuseblock. See Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 10 ‑ 38 for more information.

5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.

6. Shift the automatic transmissionto N (Neutral) or a manualtransmission to neutral.

7. Turn the ignition to ACC/ ACCESSORY.

8. Release the parking brake.

Remember to reinstall the fuse oncethe destination has been reached.

Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) isexceeded while towing thevehicle, it could be damaged.Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph)while towing the vehicle.

Notice: Towing the vehicle fromthe rear could damage it. Also,repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Never havethe vehicle towed from the rear.

Page 328: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 328/382

3. Set the parking brake.

Vehicle Care 10-83

Dolly Towing

Tow the vehicle with the two rear wheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly:

To tow the vehicle with two wheelson the ground and a dolly:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Shift the automatic transmissioninto P (Park) or a manualtransmission into first gear.

4. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with a

clamping device designed for towing.

5. Remove the key from theignition.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Notice: Towing the vehicle fromthe rear could damage it. Also,

Appearance Care

Exterior CareCleaning Exterior Lamps/ LensesUse only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps and lenses.Follow instructions under “Washingthe Vehicle ” later in this section.

Finish CareOccasional waxing or mild polishingof the vehicle by hand may benecessary to remove residue fromthe paint finish. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from your dealer.

If the vehicle has a basecoat/ clearcoat paint finish, theclearcoat gives more depth andgloss to the colored basecoat.

Page 329: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 329/382

transmission into first gear.

3. Set the parking brake.repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Never havethe vehicle towed from the rear.

10-84 Vehicle Care

Always use waxes and polishes thatare non-abrasive and made for a

basecoat/clearcoat paint finish.Notice: Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/ clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

Foreign materials such as calciumchloride and other salts, ice meltingagents, road oil and tar, tree sap,bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasive

cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Exterior painted surfaces are

To keep the paint finish lookingnew, keep the vehicle garaged or

covered whenever possible.Protecting Exterior Bright MetalParts

Bright metal parts should becleaned regularly to keep their luster. Wash with water or usechrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim, if necessary.

Use special care with aluminumtrim. To avoid damaging protectivetrim, never use auto or chromepolish, steam, or caustic soap toclean aluminum. A coating of wax, rubbed to high polish, isrecommended for all bright metalparts.

Washing the VehicleTo preserve the vehicle's finish,keep it clean by washing it often.

Do not wash the vehicle in direct

Notice: Certain cleaners containchemicals that can damage the

emblems or nameplates on thevehicle. Check the cleaningproduct label. If it states that itshould not be used on plasticparts, do not use it on the vehicleor damage may occur and itwould not be covered by thewarranty.

Do not use cleaning agents that are

petroleum based or that containacid or abrasives, as they candamage the paint, metal, or plasticon the vehicle. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct productusage, necessary safetyprecautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct.

Page 330: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 330/382

Exterior painted surfaces aresubject to aging, weather, andchemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years.

sunlight and use a car washing soap.

Vehicle Care 10-85

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove all

cleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and water spotting.

High pressure car washes couldcause water to enter the vehicle. Avoid using high pressure washescloser than 30 cm (12 in) to thesurface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa(1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals.

Notice: Conveyor systems onsome automatic car washes coulddamage the vehicle. There maynot be enough clearance for theundercarriage. Check with the car wash manager before using theautomatic car wash

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shutter system designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shutter system clean for proper operation.

Weatherstrips

Silicone grease on weatherstrips willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak. Applysilicone grease with a clean cloth.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminumor ChromeThe vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome-plated wheels.

Keep the wheels clean using a soft,clean cloth with mild soap andwater. Rinse with clean water. After rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft,clean towel. A wax may then beapplied.

Notice: Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have beensprayed with magnesium, calciumor sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the vehicle'schrome with soap and water after exposure.

Page 331: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 331/382

automatic car wash. During very cold, damp weather frequent application may berequired. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11 ‑ 6 .

10-86 Vehicle Care

Notice: Using strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes,

cleaners, brushes, or cleanersthat contain acid on aluminum or chrome-plated wheels, coulddamage the surface of thewheel(s). The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Use only approvedcleaners on aluminum or chrome-plated wheels.

The surface of these wheels issimilar to the painted surface of thevehicle. Do not use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes,abrasive cleaners, cleaners withacid, or abrasive cleaning brusheson them because the surface couldbe damaged. Do not use chromepolish on aluminum wheels.

Notice: Using chrome polish onaluminum wheels could damagethe wheels. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehicle

Use chrome polish only onchrome-plated wheels, but avoid

any painted surface of the wheel,and buff off immediately after application.

Notice: Driving the vehiclethrough an automatic car washthat has silicone carbide tirecleaning brushes, could damagethe aluminum or chrome-platedwheels. The repairs would not be

covered by the vehicle warranty.Never drive a vehicle that hasaluminum or chrome-platedwheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbidetire cleaning brushes.

Windshield and Wiper BladesClean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean the rubber blades using a lint ‐

free cloth or paper towel soakedwith windshield washer fluid or amild detergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiper streaking. Replace the wiper bladesif they are worn or damaged.

Wipers can be damaged by:. Extreme dusty conditions. Sand and salt. Heat and sun. Snow and ice, without proper

removal

Page 332: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 332/382

warranty. Use chrome polish onchrome wheels only.

Vehicle Care 10-87

TiresUse a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Notice: Using petroleum-basedtire dressing products on thevehicle may damage the paintfinish and/or tires. When applyinga tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Sheet Metal DamageIf the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage Any stone chips, fractures, or deepscratches in the finish should berepaired right away. Bare metal willcorrode quickly and may developinto major repair expense.

Minor chips and scratches can berepaired with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer. Larger areas of finish damage can becorrected in your dealer's bodyand paint shop.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis ComponentsVisually inspect front and rear suspension and steering systemfor damaged, loose, or missing partsor signs of wear. Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper

hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc. Visually check constantvelocity joints, rubber boots, andaxle seals for leaks.

Lubricate Body ComponentsLubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, andsteel fuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

Chemicals used for ice and snowremoval and dust control can collecton the underbody. If these are notremoved, corrosion and rust candevelop on the underbody partssuch as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,and exhaust system even thoughthey have corrosion protection.

Flush these materials from the

underbody with plain water. Cleanany areas where mud and debriscan collect. Dirt packed in closeareas of the frame should be

Page 333: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 333/382

loosened before being flushed. Your dealer or an underbody car washingsystem can do this.

10-88 Vehicle Care

Chemical Paint SpottingSome weather and atmosphericconditions can create a chemicalfallout. Airborne pollutants can fallupon and attack painted surfaces onthe vehicle. This damage can taketwo forms: blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paintsurface.

Interior CareThe interior will continue to lookits best if it is cleaned often. Dustand dirt can accumulate on theupholstery and cause damage tothe carpet, fabric, leather, andplastic surfaces. Stains should beremoved quickly as extreme heatcould cause them to set rapidly.

Lighter colored interiors may requiremore frequent cleaning.Newspapers and garments that cantransfer color to home furnishings

Remove dust from small buttonsand knobs with a small brush with

soft bristles.Your dealer has products for cleaning the interior. When cleaningthe interior, only use cleanersspecifically designed for thesurfaces that are being cleaned.Permanent damage can result fromusing cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended. Apply

the cleaner directly to the cleaningcloth to prevent over-spray. Removeany accidental over-spray fromother surfaces immediately.

Notice: Using abrasive cleanerswhen cleaning glass surfaces onthe vehicle, could scratch theglass and/or cause damage to therear window defogger. When

cleaning the glass on the vehicle,use only a soft cloth and glasscleaner.

Cleaners can contain solvents that

on the label. While cleaning theinterior, maintain adequate

ventilation by opening the doorsand windows.

Do not clean the interior using thefollowing cleaners or techniques:. Never use a knife or any other

sharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a stiff brush. It can

cause damage.. Never apply heavy pressure or

rub aggressively with a cleaningcloth. Use of heavy pressure candamage the interior and doesnot improve the effectiveness of soil removal.

. Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with

degreasers. Using too muchsoap will leave a residue thatleaves streaks and attracts dirt.For liquid cleaners, about

Page 334: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 334/382

transfer color to home furnishingscan also transfer color to theinterior.

can become concentrated in theinterior. Before using cleaners, readand adhere to all safety instructions

20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water is a good guide. Use onlymild, neutral-pH soaps.

Vehicle Care 10-89

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery while cleaning.

.

Cleaners that contain solventscan damage the interior.

Fabric/CarpetUse a vacuum cleaner with a softbrush attachment to remove dustand loose dirt. A canister vacuumwith rotating brushes in the nozzlemay only be used on floor carpetand carpeted floor mats. For soils,always try to remove them first withplain water or club soda. Beforecleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of thefollowing techniques:. For liquids: gently blot the

remaining soil with a paper towel. Allow the soil to absorbinto the paper towel until nomore can be removed.

. For solid dry soils: remove asmuch as possible and then

To clean:

1. Saturate a lint-free, clean whitecloth with water or club soda.

2. Remove excess moisture.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Continue cleaning, usinga clean area of the cloth eachtime it becomes soiled.

4. Continue to gently rub the

soiled area.5. If the soil is not completely

removed, use a mild soapsolution and repeat the cleaningprocess with plain water.

If any of the soil remains, acommercial fabric cleaner or spotlifter may be necessary. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If the locallycleaned area gives any impressionthat a ring formation may result,

A paper towel can be used to blotexcess moisture from the fabric or

carpet after the cleaning process.Leather Leather, and lighter colored leather in particular, will need more frequentcleaning to prevent the buildup of dust, dirt, and colors transferredfrom other items so that these donot become permanent stains.

To remove dust, a soft clothdampened with water can be used.If a more thorough cleaning isnecessary, a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution canbe used. Your dealer has a GMapproved leather cleaner availablethat provides superior cleaningperformance when used regularlyon finished automotive leathers. Allow the leather to dry naturally.Do not use heat, steam, spot liftersor spot removers, or shoe polish onleather. Many commercial leather

Page 335: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 335/382

vacuum.that a ring formation may result,clean the entire surface.

leather. Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold

10-90 Vehicle Care

to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the

appearance and feel of the leather and are not recommended. Do notuse silicone or wax-based products,or those containing organic solventsto clean the interior because theycan alter the appearance byincreasing the gloss in anon-uniform manner.

Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and

Other Plastic SurfacesTo remove dust, a soft clothdampened with water can be used.If a more thorough cleaning isnecessary, a clean soft clothdampened with a mild soap solutioncan be used to gently remove dustand dirt. Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces.

Many commercial cleaners andcoatings that are sold to preserveand protect soft plastic surfacesmay permanently change the

use silicone or wax-based products,or those containing organic solvents

to clean the interior because theycan alter the appearance byincreasing the gloss in anon-uniform manner.

Some commercial products mayincrease gloss on the instrumentpanel. The increase in gloss maycause annoying reflections in thewindshield and even make it difficult

to see through the windshield under certain conditions.

Notice: Air fresheners containsolvents that may cause damageto plastics and painted surfaces.Follow the manufacturer ’sinstructions when using air fresheners in the vehicle. If air freshener comes in contact with

paint or a plastic surface, blotimmediately with a soft cloth.Damage caused by using air fresheners would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty

Care of Safety BeltsKeep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Page 336: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 336/382

appearance and feel of the interior and are not recommended. Do not

by the vehicle warranty.

Vehicle Care 10-91

Floor Mats

{ WARNING

If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it caninterfere with the accelerator pedal and/or brake pedal.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stopping

distance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with theaccelerator or brake pedal.

Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage:. The original equipment floor

mats were designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that

the floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.. Use the floor mat with the

correct side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor MatsPull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does noti t f ith th l t

Page 337: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 337/382

interfere with the accelerator,clutch, or the brake pedal.

Page 338: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 338/382

Page 339: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 339/382

Page 340: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 340/382

Page 341: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 341/382

11-4 Service and Maintenance

Additional Required Services

Every 12 000 km/7,500 Mi. Rotate tires. Tires should be

rotated every 12 000 km/ 7,500 mi. See Tire Rotation on page 10 ‑ 53 .

At Each Fuel Stop. Engine oil level check. See

Engine Oil on page 10 ‑ 9..

Engine coolant level check. SeeEngine Coolant on page 10 ‑ 16 .. Windshield washer fluid level

check. See Washer Fluid on page 10 ‑ 21 .

Once a Month. Tire inflation check. See Tire

Pressure on page 10 ‑ 47 .. Tire wear inspection. See Tire

Inspection on page 10 ‑ 53 .. Sunroof track and seal

inspection, if equipped. SeeSunroof on page 2 ‑ 17 .

Once a Year . See Starter Switch Check on

page 10 ‑ 25 .. See Automatic Transmission

Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck on page 10 ‑ 26 .

. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check on page 10 ‑ 26 .

. See Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check on page 10 ‑ 27 .

. Accelerator pedal check for damage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. If the vehicle has a Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit, check thesealant expiration date printedon the instruction label of the kit. See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10 ‑ 62 .

. Underbody flushing service.

. Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/LiftglassSupport Gas Strut Service:Visually inspect gas strut,if equipped, for signs of wear,cracks, or other damage. Checkthe hold open ability of the gasstrut. Contact your dealer if service is required.

Page 342: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 342/382

Service and Maintenance 11-5

First Engine Oil Change After Every 40 000km/25,000 Mi. Passenger compartment

air filter replacement (or every24 months, whichever occursfirst). More frequent replacementmay be needed if you drive inareas with heavy traffic, areaswith poor air quality, or areaswith high dust levels.Replacement may also beneeded if you notice reducedair flow, windows fogging up,or odors. Your dealer can helpyou determine when it is theright time to replace the filter.

First Engine Oil Change After Every 80 000km/50,000 Mi. Engine air cleaner filter

replacement.. Automatic transmission fluid

change (severe service) for vehicles mainly driven in heavycity traffic in hot weather, in hilly

for taxi, police, or deliveryservice. See Automatic

Transmission Fluid on page 10 ‑ 13 .. Evaporative control system

inspection. Check all fuel andvapor lines and hoses for proper hook ‐up, routing, and condition.Check that the purge valve,if the vehicle has one, worksproperly. Replace as needed. AnEmission Control Service. TheU.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board hasdetermined that the failure to perform this maintenance itemwill not nullify the emissionwarranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of thevehicle's useful life. We,

however, urge that all recommended maintenanceservices be performed at theindicated intervals and themaintenance be recorded

First Engine Oil Change After Every 160 000 km/100,000 Mi. Automatic transmission fluid

change (normal service). See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10 ‑ 13 .

. Spark plug replacement andspark plug wires inspection. AnEmission Control Service.

. 1.8L L4 engine only: Timing beltreplacement.

First Engine Oil Change After Every 240 000 km/150,000 Mi. Engine cooling system drain,

flush, and refill (or every fiveyears, whichever occurs first).See Cooling System on page 10 ‑ 16 . An EmissionControl Service.

. Engine drive belts inspection for fraying, excessive cracks,or obvious damage (or every10 years, whichever occursfi t) R l if d d

Page 343: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 343/382

or mountainous terrain, or used maintenance be recorded. first). Replace, if needed.

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsUsage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil

The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oilsmeeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certificationmark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexoscertification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10 ‑ 9.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.

See Engine Coolant on page 10 ‑ 16 .

Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, inCanada 88863462).

Windshield Washer Optikleen ® Washer Solvent.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON ® -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Manual Transmission Castrol BOT 0402 Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88862472, inCanada 88862473).

Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Page 344: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 344/382

Page 345: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 345/382

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

1.4L L4 Engine 13272719 AC3144C

1.8L L4 Engine 13272720 AC3145C

Engine Oil Filter

1.4L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G

1.8L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257GPassenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176

Spark Plugs

1.4L L4 Engine 55576026 41 –117

1.8L L4 Engine 55576026 41 –117

Wiper Blades

Driver –

60.0 cm (23.6 in) 96910777 —

Passenger – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 96910780 —

Page 346: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 346/382

Page 347: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 347/382

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed

Page 348: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 348/382

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed

Page 349: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 349/382

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed

Page 350: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 350/382

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Service Parts Identification

Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, on

the left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of title

Engine IdentificationThe eighth character in the VIN

is the engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications ”

under Capacities and Specificationson page 12 ‑ 2 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service Parts

Identification LabelThis label, on the inside of the glovebox, has the following information:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Model designation.. Paint information.. Production options and special

equipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.

Page 351: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 351/382

and registration.

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 ‑ 6 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134aFor the air conditioning system refrigerant charge

amount, see the refrigerant label located under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.Cooling System

1.4L L4 Engine 5.5 L 5.8 qt

1.8L L4 Engine 6.5 L 6.9 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

1.4L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt

1.8L L4 Engine 4.5 L 4.76 qt

Page 352: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 352/382

Page 353: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 353/382

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.4L L4 Engine

1.8L L4 Engine (with Air Conditioning)

1.8L L4 Engine (without Air Conditioning)

Page 354: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 354/382

Customer Information 13-1

Customer

InformationCustomer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Customer AssistanceOff i ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 -3

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10Service Publications

Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPr ivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-15OnStar ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16Navigation System . . . . . . . . . 13-16Radio Frequency

Identification (RFID) .. . . . . . 13-16Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales or service departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:STEP ONE: Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the generalmanager.

Page 355: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 355/382

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors of Canada Customer CommunicationCentre at 1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line ® Programto enforce your rights.The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of the

g i f f h g d

case will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:BBB Auto Line Program

Council of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800 Arlington, VA 22203-1838Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goautoThis program is available in all50 states and the District of

Columbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and other factors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program

Page 356: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 356/382

present mileage. program is free of charge and your participation in this program.

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involving

factory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides for the review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inabout 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantagesover courts in most jurisdictionsbecause it is informal, quick, andfree of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer Communication Centre,1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer CommunicationCentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customersto call the toll-free number for assistance. However, if a customer wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United StatesChevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer Assistance

Center P.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

Page 357: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 357/382

13-4 Customer Information

From Puerto Rico:1-800-496-9992 (English)

1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)From U.S. Virgin Islands:1-800-496-9994

CanadaGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

OverseasPlease contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Mexico, Central America, andCaribbean Islands/Countries(Except Puerto Rico and U.S.Virgin Islands)General Motors de Mexico, S. deR.L. de C.V.Customer Assistance Center Av. Ejercito Nacional #843Col. GranadaC.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F.01-800-466-0800

Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800

Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones

(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users in

Online Owner Center Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)www.chevyownercenter.comInformation and servicescustomized for your specificvehicle — all in one convenientplace.. Digital owner manual, warranty

information, and more.. Storage for online service and

maintenance records.. Chevrolet dealer locator for

service nationwide.. Exclusive privileges and offers.. Recall notices for your specific

vehicle.. OnStar and GM Cardmember

Services Earnings summaries.

Page 358: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 358/382

Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Page 359: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 359/382

13-6 Customer Information

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S. ‐ purchased vehicles, call1 ‐ 800 ‐ 243 ‐ 8872; (Text Telephone(TTY): 1 ‐ 888 ‐ 889 ‐ 2438) .For Canadian ‐ purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800 .Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for AssistanceWhen calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number.. Telephone number of your

location.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

CoverageServices are provided up to5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi),

whichever comes first.In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Chevrolet and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right tomake any changes or discontinuethe Roadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

Chevrolet and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right tolimit services or payment to anowner or driver if they decide theclaims are made too often, or thesame type of claim is made manytimes.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearest

service station.. Lock ‐ Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the driver must present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer for warranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is also givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in the

Page 360: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 360/382

when the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

Customer Information 13-7

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,

must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery.

Services Not Included in

Roadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting,

or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

. Towing or services for vehicles

driven on a non-public road or highway.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles.

Fuel Delivery: Reimbursementis approximately $5 Canadian.Diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and other fuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Routing Service: Detailedmaps of North America areprovided when requested either with the most direct route or themost scenic route. There is alimit of six requests per year. Additional travel information isalso available. Allow threeweeks for delivery.

. Trip Interruption Benefitsand Assistance: Must beover 250 kilometers from

where your trip was started toqualify. General Motors of Canada Limited requirespre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copyof the repair orders. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Assistance advisor will help to make arrangementsand explain how to receivepayment.

. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Assistance advisor maygive permission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility

Page 361: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 361/382

owner responsibility.

13-8 Customer Information

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience.If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you are

urged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow for thesame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/or hybrid ‐ specific warranties in both

the U.S. and Canada.Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Warranty and Owner

Assistance Information ” furnishedwith each new vehicle providesdetailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation OptionsWarranty service can generally be

completed while you wait. However,if you are unable to wait, GM helpsto minimize inconvenience byproviding several transportationoptions. Depending on thecircumstances, your dealer canoffer one of the following:

Shuttle Service

Shuttle service is the preferredmeans of offering CourtesyTransportation. Dealers may provideshuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruptionof your daily schedule. This includesone ‐ way or round ‐ trip shuttle servicewithin reasonable time and distanceparameters of your dealer's area.

Page 362: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 362/382

Customer Information 13-9

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If the vehicle requires overnightwarranty repairs, and publictransportation is used instead of your dealer's shuttle service, theexpense must be supported byoriginal receipts and can only be upto the maximum amount allowed byGM for shuttle service. In addition,for U.S. customers, should youarrange transportation througha friend or relative, limitedreimbursement for reasonablefuel expenses may be available.Claim amounts should reflectactual costs and be supported byoriginal receipts. See your dealer for information regarding the allowanceamounts for reimbursement of fuelor other transportation costs.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Your dealer may arrange to provide

you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if the vehicle is keptfor an overnight warranty repair.Rental reimbursement will be limitedand must be supported by originalreceipts. This requires that you signand complete a rental agreementand meet state/provincial, local, andrental vehicle provider requirements.Requirements vary and mayinclude minimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card,etc. You are responsible for fuelusage charges and may also beresponsible for taxes, levies, usagefees, excessive mileage, or rentalusage beyond the completion of therepair.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Please contact your dealer for specific informationabout availability. All CourtesyTransportation arrangements will beadministered by appropriate dealer personnel.General Motors reserves the

right to unilaterally modify,change, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Page 363: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 363/382

13-10 Customer Information

Collision Damage Repair If the vehicle is involved in a

collision and it is damaged, havethe damage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the proper equipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision PartsGenuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history of

these parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty. Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle. As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/ corrosion problems, and may not

perform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair FacilityGM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. Your dealer

may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians andstate ‐ of ‐ the ‐ art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repair center that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Page 364: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 364/382

Customer Information 13-11

Insuring the VehicleProtect your investment in the GM

vehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensationfor damage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash OccursIf there has been an injury, call

emergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program on page 13 ‑ 6 .

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and

telephone number.. Driver license number.. Owner name, address, and

telephone number.. Vehicle license plate number.. Vehicle make, model, and

model year.. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Insurance company and policy

number.. General description of the

damage to the other vehicle.Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts ” earlier in this

section.If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? on page 3 ‑ 32 .

Page 365: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 365/382

13-12 Customer Information

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coverage

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collisionpolicy repair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering InformationService ManualsService Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service BulletinsService Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.

Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner InformationOwner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle.The Owner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.Without Portfolio: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Page 366: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 366/382

does not pay the full cost.

Customer Information 13-13

Current and Past ModelsTechnical Service Bulletins and

Manuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.Or write to:Helm, IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time for delivery. All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a

group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.

However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or General Motors.To contact NHTSA, you maycall the Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov .

Page 367: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 367/382

13-14 Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defectsto the Canadian

GovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. Callthem at 1-800-333-0510 or write to:Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch2780 Sheffield RoadOttawa, Ontario K1B 3V9

Reporting Safety Defectsto General Motors

In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThis GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that recordinformation about the vehicle ’sperformance and how it is driven.For example, the vehicle usescomputer modules to monitor andcontrol engine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy airbags in a crash, and,if so equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help your dealer technicianservice the vehicle. Some modulesmay also store data about how youoperate the vehicle, such as rate of

fuel consumption or average speed.These modules may also retain theowner ’s personal preferences, suchas radio pre-sets, seat positions,and temperature settings.

Page 368: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 368/382

Customer Information 13-15

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle has an Event Data

Recorder (EDR). The main purposeof an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how avehicle's systems performed. TheEDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics andsafety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designedto record such data as:. How various systems in the

vehicle were operating.. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened.

.

How far, if at all, the driver waspressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal.

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.Important: EDR data is recordedby the vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; no data isrecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) is recorded.However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combine

the EDR data with the type of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such as

law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access this data or share it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,

if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others for research purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

Page 369: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 369/382

13-16 Customer Information

OnStar ®

If the vehicle is equipped with an

active OnStar system, that systemmay also record data in crash or near crash ‐ like situations. TheOnStar Terms and Conditionsprovides information on datacollection and use and is availablein the OnStar glove box kit, atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada), or bypressing the Q button andspeaking to an advisor.

Navigation SystemIf the vehicle has a navigationsystem, use of the system mayresult in the storage of destinations,addresses, telephone numbers, andother trip information. Refer to the

navigation system operating manualfor information on stored data andfor deletion instructions.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)

RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tirepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniences suchas key fobs for remote door locking/ unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inGM vehicles does not use or recordpersonal information or link with anyother GM system containingpersonal information.

Radio FrequencyStatement

This vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomply with Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS ‐ 210/220/310.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. The device may not cause

interference.2. The device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an

authorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Page 370: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 370/382

INDEX i-1

A Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Add-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Airbag Adding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39How Does an Airbag

Res t ra in? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -31Passenger Sensing

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

What Makes an AirbagInf la te? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -31

Airbag System (cont.)What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-28 Airbags

Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehic les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -37System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Antenna

Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Appearance CareExter io r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88

Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Assistance Program,

Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

C D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1 7 Audio System

Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-1

AutomaticClimate Control System. . . . . . . . 8-3Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Headlamp System .. . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-25F l u i d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 1 3Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27Shift Lock Control

Function Check ........... 10-26 Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

Page 371: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 371/382

Page 372: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 372/382

INDEX i-3

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-34Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -1

C l o c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-77C o m p a s s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -28Compressor Kit, Tire

S e a l a n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 6 2Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

CoolantE n g i n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 1 6Engine Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Cooling System .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16

Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -28

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -1Customer Assistance .......... 13-4

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4Customer Information

Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-12

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10Danger, Warnings, and

Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivData Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-15Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -5

Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -7Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Page 373: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 373/382

i-4 INDEX

DrivingCharacteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44D e f e n s i v e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-21Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

EElectrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment

Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

Over load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Check and Service Engine

Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -13Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6Coolan t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Cooling System... . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Cooling System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -28Drive Belt Routing ............12-4E x h a u s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2 3H e a t e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1 9Overheated Protection

Operating Mode ........... 10-21Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Reduced Power Light .........5-21Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-24Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Engine OilLife System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -29

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49Event Data Recorders ........13-15Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Extender, Safety Belt .......... 3-24Exterior Lamp Controls ......... 6-1

FFilter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-14Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4

Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-91Fluid Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13B r a k e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 2 3Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21

Fog Lamps

Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Front Fog Lamp

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Page 374: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 374/382

Page 375: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 375/382

i-6 INDEX

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4H o r n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3How to Wear Safety Belts

Proper ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -13Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Ignition Transmission Lock

C h e c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 2 6Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -10Infants and Young Children,

Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Instrument Panel

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

JJump Star t ing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-78

KKey and Lock Messages. . . . . . . 5-29Keyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3K e y s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-42Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Lamps

C o u r t e s y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5

Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2D o m e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, and ParkingL a m p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 2 8

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after a

Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children .......... 3-47

LightStabiliTrak ® O F F . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 8

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Illumination Control .. . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Lights Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-20Flash- to -Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -2Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22High-Beam On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Page 376: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 376/382

INDEX i-7

Lights (cont.)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-21Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-10Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Service Vehicle Soon .........5-16Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak ® . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 9Tract ion Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-18

Locks Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7S a f e t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Low Fuel Warning Light. . . . . . . . 5-20Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-41Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9Maintenance Schedule

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-6

Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Manual Transmission .......... 9-28

F l u i d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 1 3Messages Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30Battery Voltage and

Charg ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -27Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-28

Engine Oi l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -29Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -29Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Object Detection System . . . . .5-30

Messages (cont.)Ride Control System. . . . . . . . . .5-30Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-31Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26, 5-27Vehicle Reminder .............5-32

Mirrors Automatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -13Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11F o l d i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 3H e a t e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 3M a n u a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 2Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

Page 377: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 377/382

i-8 INDEX

NNavigation

Vehicle Data Recordingand Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16

New Vehicle Break-In .......... 9-16

OObject Detection System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30O d o m e t e r. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Off-RoadR e c o v e r y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -29Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-40Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4OnStar

®

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Operation, Infotainment

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Ordering

Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-12

OutletsP o w e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5

Overheated Engine

ProtectionOperating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21

Overheating, Engine ..........10-20Overview, Infotainment

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-4

PPark

Shifting into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Shif t ing out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-23

Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-33Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3

PersonalizationVe h i c l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3 3

Phone

Bluetooth .........7-22, 7-24, 7-28Power

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-21Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-20Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Steering Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Power Steering WarningL i g h t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 8

Pregnancy, Using SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

PrivacyRadio Frequency

Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-16Program

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-8Proposition 65 Warning,

Cal i fo rn ia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Page 378: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 378/382

INDEX i-9

RRadio Frequency

Identification (RFID) ........ 13-16Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16

Radios AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Recept ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -16S a t e l l i t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1 3

Reading Lamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-13

Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Recommended

F u e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3 9Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81Reduced Engine Power

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start ........... 2-5

Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33Replacement Parts Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-39Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash .. . . . . . . . . . 3-54Replacing Safety Belt

System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-25Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14U.S. Government ........... 13-13

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -30

RoadsDr iv ing , Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -7

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-53

Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25E x t e n d e r. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2 4How to Wear Safety Belts

Proper ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -13Lap-Shoulder Belt ............3-19Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -10Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-25Use During Pregnancy........3-24

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-14General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14

U.S. Government ........... 13-13Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Safety System Check .......... 3-24Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-2Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-8

Page 379: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 379/382

i-10 INDEX

Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-62Seats Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55, 3-57

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -31Ve h i c l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 0Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Service Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3Doing Your Own Work ........10-4Engine Soon Light ............5-13Maintenance Records ........11-9Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1

Service (cont.)Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8Vehicle Messages ............5-31Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Shift Lock Control Function

Check, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-26

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Sidemarker Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -4

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9StabiliTrak

OFF L ight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18S y s t e m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3 3

Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Starter Switch Check .........10-25Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Starting the VehicleMesssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -31

S t e e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 4Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . .5-18Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Stoplamps and Back-Up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-69

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -17Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivSystem

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Page 380: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 380/382

INDEX i-11

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Taillamps

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-10

Immobil izer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Ti m e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5Tires

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55C h a i n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 6 0Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57If a Tire Goes Flat .......... 10-60Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-50Inspect ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53Low Profi le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -31

Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-48

Tires (cont.)Rota t ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42Terminology and

Defini t ions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Uniform Tire Quality

Grad ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59Wheel Replacement ........ 10-59When It Is Time for New

Ti r e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 - 5 4Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40

TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-44Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -49General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-44Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-81Trai ler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48, 9-49Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-81

TractionControl System (TCS) ........9-32Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak®

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -19Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48, 9-49Transmission Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25Fluid, Automatic ............ 10-13Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -32

Transportation Program,Cour tesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Turn and Lane-Change

S i g n a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4Turn Signal

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Page 381: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 381/382

i-12 INDEX

UUltrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-37Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

VVehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26, 5-27Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Reminder Messages ..........5-32Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Service Soon Light ...........5-16Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-69

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47Vehicle Identification

Service Parts IdentificationL a b e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 - 1

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

W Warning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Warning Lights, Gauges, and

Indica tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -7Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Cautions and Danger ............ivHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21

Wheels Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-46Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Windshield

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3Winter

D r i v i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 9Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-40Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27

Page 382: Manual de Cruze 2011

8/15/2019 Manual de Cruze 2011

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-cruze-2011 382/382